US10167253B2 - Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof - Google Patents

Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US10167253B2
US10167253B2 US15/191,511 US201615191511A US10167253B2 US 10167253 B2 US10167253 B2 US 10167253B2 US 201615191511 A US201615191511 A US 201615191511A US 10167253 B2 US10167253 B2 US 10167253B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
compound
alkyl
mmol
dcm
examples
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
US15/191,511
Other versions
US20160376229A1 (en
Inventor
Roger Adami
Hao Bai
John Gaudette
Bharat Majeti
Seiji Nukui
Kwok Yin Tsang
Hai Wang
Haiqing Yin
Wenbin Ying
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nitto Denko Corp
Original Assignee
Nitto Denko Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nitto Denko Corp filed Critical Nitto Denko Corp
Priority to US15/191,511 priority Critical patent/US10167253B2/en
Publication of US20160376229A1 publication Critical patent/US20160376229A1/en
Assigned to NITTO DENKO CORPORATION reassignment NITTO DENKO CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NUKUI, SEIJI, TSANG, KWOK YIN, BAI, HAO, MAJETI, BHARAT, YIN, HAIQING, Adami, Roger, GAUDETTE, John, WANG, HAI, YING, WENBIN
Priority to US16/228,054 priority patent/US11384051B2/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US10167253B2 publication Critical patent/US10167253B2/en
Priority to US17/658,075 priority patent/US20220242820A1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C271/00Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C271/06Esters of carbamic acids
    • C07C271/08Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/10Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C271/16Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/127Liposomes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7088Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
    • A61K31/7105Natural ribonucleic acids, i.e. containing only riboses attached to adenine, guanine, cytosine or uracil and having 3'-5' phosphodiester links
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7088Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
    • A61K31/713Double-stranded nucleic acids or oligonucleotides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/16Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing nitrogen, e.g. nitro-, nitroso-, azo-compounds, nitriles, cyanates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/22Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. ascorbic acid, tocopherol or pyrrolidones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/24Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, halogen, nitrogen or sulfur, e.g. cyclomethicone or phospholipids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/50Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
    • A61K9/51Nanocapsules; Nanoparticles
    • A61K9/5107Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/5123Organic compounds, e.g. fats, sugars
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/02Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C237/04Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
    • C07C237/08Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/02Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C237/16Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and unsaturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/50Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups quaternised
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D205/00Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D205/02Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D205/04Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/09Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/12Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/68Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D211/72Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/74Oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/80Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/82Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/80Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/84Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/86Oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/06Phosphorus compounds without P—C bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/06Phosphorus compounds without P—C bonds
    • C07F9/08Esters of oxyacids of phosphorus
    • C07F9/09Esters of phosphoric acids
    • C07F9/10Phosphatides, e.g. lecithin
    • C07F9/106Adducts, complexes, salts of phosphatides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2300/00Mixtures or combinations of active ingredients, wherein at least one active ingredient is fully defined in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00

Definitions

  • Therapeutic agents such as drug compounds, nucleic acid molecules and other active agents operate by uptake into cells, tissues, and organs of a subject. Transfection of agents and molecules into cells is often a limiting step in therapeutic action.
  • one way to carry out transfection of nucleic acids is to encapsulate the active molecules in a lipid nanoparticle.
  • Drawbacks of this methodology include potential toxicity in various modalities of delivery, such as intravenous injection, and low rates of cell penetration.
  • compositions and compounds for forming nanoparticles for active agents There is a continuing need for lipid-like molecules and compositions for efficient transfection and distribution of nucleic acid molecules and other agents to cells and subjects.
  • This invention relates to molecules and compositions thereof for use in biopharmaceuticals and therapeutics. More particularly, this invention relates to compounds, compositions and methods for providing nanoparticles to deliver and distribute active agents or drug compounds to cells, tissues, organs, and subjects.
  • This invention provides a range of ionizable compounds.
  • the ionizable compounds of this invention can be used to form nanoparticles to deliver and distribute active agents.
  • Embodiments of this invention include a broad range of compounds having lipid-like or liposome-forming properties.
  • a compound may have the structure shown in Formula I
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, and aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR 7
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • a compound in further embodiments, can have the structure shown in Formula II
  • a compound may have the structure shown in Formula III
  • a compound of this invention may have the structure shown in Formula IV
  • R 2 C( ⁇ O)OR 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group
  • R 3 is selected from
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR 7
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • a compound can have the structure shown in Formula IV-B
  • R 2 C( ⁇ O)OR 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein Z is S or O; wherein R 3 is selected from
  • a compound may have the structure shown in Formula V
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • a compound of this invention can have the structure shown in Formula VI
  • a compound of this invention can have the structure shown in Formula VII
  • a compound may have the structure shown in Formula VIII
  • R 19 is selected from
  • R 9 is selected from
  • alkyl hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring;
  • q is from zero to four;
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • a compound may have the structure shown in Formula VIII-B
  • a compound in additional embodiments, can have the structure shown in Formula IX
  • R 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein p is from 1 to 4; wherein R 3 is selected from
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • a compound of this disclosure can have the structure shown in Formula X
  • a compound may have the structure shown in Formula XI
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • compositions containing an ionizable compound above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may contain nanoparticles.
  • This disclosure includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising an ionizable compound above, an active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the ionizable compound may be from 15 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipids of the composition.
  • the composition may comprise nanoparticles.
  • An active agent of this disclosure may be one or more RNAi molecules.
  • An active agent may be one or more RNAi molecules selected from small interfering RNAs (siRNA), double stranded RNAs (dsRNA) that are Dicer substrates, microRNAs (miRNA), short hairpin RNAs (shRNA), DNA-directed RNAs (ddRNA), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNA), repeat associated siRNAs (rasiRNA), and modified forms thereof.
  • siRNA small interfering RNAs
  • dsRNA double stranded RNAs
  • shRNA short hairpin RNAs
  • ddRNA DNA-directed RNAs
  • piRNA Piwi-interacting RNAs
  • rasiRNA repeat associated siRNAs
  • An active agent of this disclosure may be one or more active pharmaceutical ingredients.
  • this invention includes compositions for use in distributing an active agent for treating a condition or disease in a subject, the composition comprising an ionizable compound above, a structural lipid, a stabilizer lipid, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
  • the active agent can be one or more RNAi molecules and the composition may comprise nanoparticles that encapsulate the RNAi molecules.
  • compositions containing an ionizable compound and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • a composition of this invention can be a nanoparticle composed, at least in part, of an ionizable compound.
  • compositions for use in distributing an active agent in a subject where the composition includes an ionizable compound.
  • a composition of this invention can be used in distributing an active agent for treating a condition or disease in a subject.
  • a composition for use in distributing an active agent for treating a condition or disease in a subject can include an ionizable compound, a structural lipid, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
  • FIG. 1 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A6.
  • FIG. 2 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound AB.
  • FIG. 3 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A4.
  • FIG. 4 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound B8.
  • FIG. 5 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A9.
  • FIG. 6 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound AA.
  • FIG. 7 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A5.
  • FIG. 8 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A1.
  • FIG. 9 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D22.
  • FIG. 10 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds A7 and A8.
  • FIG. 11 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds C3 and C2.
  • FIG. 12 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound DD.
  • FIG. 13 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound E4.
  • FIG. 14 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound CA.
  • FIG. 15 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D1.
  • FIG. 16 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D7.
  • FIG. 17 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound F6.
  • FIG. 18 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds F5 and F7.
  • FIG. 19 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds F8 and F9.
  • FIG. 20 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds C25 and C24.
  • FIG. 21 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D16.
  • FIG. 22 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D17.
  • FIG. 23 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D18.
  • FIG. 24 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D19.
  • FIG. 25 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D20.
  • FIG. 26 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D21.
  • FIG. 27 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound E37.
  • FIG. 28 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds E38 and E39.
  • FIG. 29 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound E40.
  • FIG. 30 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A23.
  • FIG. 31 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A24.
  • FIG. 32 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A25.
  • This invention provides a range of ionizable molecules that are amphiphiles with lipid-like properties.
  • the ionizable compounds of this invention can be used in delivering therapeutic agents to cells, tissues or organs, organisms, and subjects.
  • this invention provides compounds for forming lipid nanoparticles for encapsulating and delivering active agents such as nucleic acid molecules to cells and subjects.
  • This invention can provide a composition for use in distributing an active agent in cells, tissues or organs, organisms, and subjects, where the composition includes one or more of the ionizable molecules of this invention.
  • compositions of this invention may include one or more of the ionizable molecules, along with a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
  • An ionizable molecule of this invention can be any mol % of a composition of this invention.
  • compositions of this invention may include one or more of the ionizable molecules, along with a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
  • compositions of this invention may include one or more of the ionizable molecules, along with a structural lipid, one or more stabilizer lipids, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
  • compositions containing one or more ionizable compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier include compositions containing one or more ionizable compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the composition may comprise nanoparticles.
  • compositions containing one or more ionizable compounds, an active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a composition may contain an ionizable compound in a quantity from 15 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipids of the composition.
  • An active agent can be one or more RNAi molecules.
  • An active agent can be one or more RNAi molecules selected from small interfering RNAs (siRNA), double stranded RNAs (dsRNA) that are Dicer substrates, microRNAs (miRNA), short hairpin RNAs (shRNA), DNA-directed RNAs (ddRNA), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNA), repeat associated siRNAs (rasiRNA), and modified forms thereof.
  • siRNA small interfering RNAs
  • dsRNA double stranded RNAs
  • shRNA short hairpin RNAs
  • ddRNA DNA-directed RNAs
  • piRNA Piwi-interacting RNAs
  • rasiRNA repeat associated siRNAs
  • this invention includes compositions for use in distributing an active agent for treating a condition or disease in a subject, where the composition contains one or more ionizable compounds, a structural lipid, a stabilizer lipid, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
  • the active agent can be one or more RNAi molecules, and the composition may comprise nanoparticles that encapsulate the RNAi molecules.
  • a component of a formulation can be a single compound, or can be a combination of one or more suitable lipid compounds.
  • a stabilizer lipid can refer to a single stabilizer lipid, or to a combination of one or more suitable stabilizer lipids.
  • the ionizable compounds of a composition of this invention can be from 50 mol % to 80 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the ionizable molecules of a composition can be from 55 mol % to 65 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In further embodiments, the ionizable molecules of a composition can be about 60 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • the structural lipid of a composition of this invention can be from 20 mol % to 50 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid of a composition can be from 35 mol % to 45 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • the one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be from a total of 1 mol % to 8 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be from a total of 1 mol % to 5 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • a composition of this invention can further include a cationic lipid, which can be from 5 mol % to 25 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • a composition of this invention can further include a cationic lipid, which can be from 5 mol % to 15 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • the molar ratio of the concentrations of the cationic lipid to the ionizable molecules of a composition of this invention can be from 5:80 to 25:50.
  • the entirety of the lipid components may include one or more of the ionizable compound molecular components, a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
  • the ionizable molecules of a composition of this invention can be from 15 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the ionizable molecules of a composition can be from 20 mol % to 35 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In further embodiments, the ionizable molecules of a composition can be from 25 mol % to 30 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • the structural lipid of a composition of this invention can be from 25 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid of a composition can be from 30 mol % to 35 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • the sum of the stabilizer lipids of a composition of this invention can be from 25 mol % to 40% mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the sum of the stabilizer lipids of a composition can be from 30 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • a composition of this invention can include two or more stabilizer lipids, where each of the stabilizer lipids individually can be from 5 mol % to 35 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, a composition of this invention can include two or more stabilizer lipids, where each of the stabilizer lipids individually can be from 10 mol % to 30 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • the sum of the one or more stabilizer lipids can be from 25 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipids of the composition, wherein each of the stabilizer lipids individually can be from 5 mol % to 35% mol %.
  • the sum of the one or more stabilizer lipids can be from 30 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipids of the composition, wherein each of the stabilizer lipids individually can be from 10 mol % to 30% mol %.
  • the one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be from a total of 1 mol % to 8 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be from a total of 1 mol % to 5 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • a composition of this invention can further include a cationic lipid, which can be from 5 mol % to 25 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • a composition of this invention can further include a cationic lipid, which can be from 5 mol % to 15 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
  • the molar ratio of the concentrations of the cationic lipid to the ionizable molecules of a composition of this invention can be from 5:35 to 25:15.
  • the entirety of the lipid components of a composition may include one or more of the ionizable compound molecular components, a structural lipid, one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition, and one or more stabilizer lipids.
  • three lipid-like components i.e. one or more ionizable molecules, a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be 100% of the lipid components of the composition.
  • a cationic lipid can be included.
  • compositions of this invention are shown in Table 1.
  • four lipid-like components i.e. one or more ionizable molecules, a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition, and one or more stabilizer lipids can be 100% of the lipid components of the composition.
  • compositions of this invention are shown in Table 2.
  • aspects of this invention can provide a range of compositions for use in distributing an active agent to various organs or tissues of a subject.
  • compositions of this invention can contain an ionizable lipid, a structural lipid, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
  • compositions of this invention can contain an ionizable lipid, a structural lipid, one or more stabilizer lipids, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
  • compositions of this invention may provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to a particular organ or tissue.
  • composition of this invention can provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to the lung of a subject.
  • composition of this invention can provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to the liver of a subject.
  • composition of this invention can provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to the colon of a subject.
  • a composition of this invention can provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to the pancreas of a subject.
  • the ratio of the distribution of the active agent to the lung over the distribution of the active agent to the subject's liver can be at least 1.5.
  • the ratio of the distribution of the active agent to the lung to the distribution of the active agent to the subject's liver can be at least 5.
  • the ionizable compounds of this invention can have lipid-like properties, for example, as amphiphiles.
  • Examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, and aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR′
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • n and m can be each independently from 3 to 6.
  • examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
  • K′ and are R 1 CH 2 (CH 2 ) n OC( ⁇ O)R 4
  • R 2 CH 2 (CH 2 ) m OC( ⁇ O)R 5
  • n and m are each independently from 1 to 2
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group
  • R 3 is selected from
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl; each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl.
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A1:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A2:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A3:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A4:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A5:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A6:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A7:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A8:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A9:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AA:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AB:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AC:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AD:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AE:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AF:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B1:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B2:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B3:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B4:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B5:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B6:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B7:
  • Examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula II
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • R 3 is a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group that is substituted with a carboxylic acid or ester group.
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B8:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B9:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BA:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BB:
  • examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula III
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BC:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BD:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BE:
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV
  • R 2 C( ⁇ O)OR 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group
  • R 3 is selected from 1-azetidines, 1-pyrrolidines, 1-piperidines, 4-morpholines, and 1,4-piperazines wherein the rings can be substituted at any carbon atom position
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR′
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV
  • R 2 C( ⁇ O)OR 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group
  • R 3 is selected from
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV
  • R 2 C( ⁇ O)OR 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group
  • R 3 is selected from
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV
  • R 2 C( ⁇ O)OR 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group
  • R 3 is selected from
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl; each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl; p is from 1 to 4.
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BF:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C1:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C2:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C3:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C4:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C5:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C6:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C7:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C8:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C9:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CA:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CB:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CC:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CD:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CE:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CF:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D1:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D2:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D3:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D4:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D5:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D6:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D7:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV-B
  • R 2 C( ⁇ O)OR 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein Z is S or O; wherein R 3 is selected from
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D8:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D9:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DA:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DB:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DC:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DD:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DE:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DF:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E1:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E2:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E3:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E4:
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E5:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E6:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E7:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E8:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E9:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EA:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EB:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EC:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound ED:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EE:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EF:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F1:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F2:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F3:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F4:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula VI
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 2 and R 4 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F5:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F6:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F7:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F8:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F9:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula VII
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FA:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FB:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FC:
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • a compound in certain embodiments, can have the structure shown in
  • R 10 is selected from 1-azetidines, 1-pyrrolidines, 1-piperidines, 4-morpholines, and 1,4-piperazines wherein the rings can be substituted at any carbon atom position,
  • R 9 is selected from
  • alkyl hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl;
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring;
  • q is from zero to four;
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • a compound in certain embodiments, can have the structure shown in Formula VIII
  • R 10 is selected from
  • R 9 is selected from
  • alkyl hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring;
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • q is from zero to four;
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • a compound in certain embodiments, can have the structure shown in Formula VIII
  • R 19 is selected from
  • R 9 is selected from
  • alkyl hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring;
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • q is from zero to four;
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • a compound in certain embodiments, can have the structure shown in Formula VIII
  • R 10 is selected from
  • R 9 is selected from
  • alkyl hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • a compound in certain embodiments, can have the structure shown in Formula VIII
  • R 10 is selected from
  • R 9 is selected from
  • alkyl hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FD:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FE:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FF:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A11:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A12:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A13:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A14:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A15:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A16:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A17:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A18:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A19:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A20:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A21:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A22:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A23:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A24:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A25:
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • a compound can have the structure shown in Formula VIII-B
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl
  • p is from 1 to 4.
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B11:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B12:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B13:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B14:
  • a compound in additional embodiments, can have the structure shown in Formula IX
  • R 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein p is from 1 to 4;
  • R 3 is selected from 1-azetidines, 1-pyrrolidines, 1-piperidines, 4-morpholines, and 1,4-piperazines wherein the rings can be substituted at any carbon atom position,
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • a compound in additional embodiments, can have the structure shown in Formula IX
  • R 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein p is from 1 to 4; wherein R 3 is selected from
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • a compound in additional embodiments, can have the structure shown in Formula IX
  • R 2 NHC( ⁇ O)R 5
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein p is from 1 to 4; wherein R 3 is selected from
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C11:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C12:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C13:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C14:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C15:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C16:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C17:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C18:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C19:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C20:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C21:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C22:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C23:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C24:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C25:
  • a compound can have the structure shown in Formula X
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D11:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D12:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D13:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D14:
  • each R 6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl
  • each R 7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl
  • each R 8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R 8 may form a ring
  • q is from zero to four
  • Q is O or NR 7 .
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
  • p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
  • alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E11:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E12:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E13:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E14:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E15:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E16:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E17:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E18:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E19:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E20:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E21:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E22:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E23:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E24:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E25:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E26:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E27:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E28:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E29:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E30:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E31:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E32:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E33:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E34:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E35:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E36:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E37:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E38:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E39:
  • Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E40:
  • Examples of structural lipids include cholesterols, sterols, and steroids.
  • Examples of structural lipids include cholanes, cholestanes, ergostanes, campestanes, poriferastanes, stigmastanes, gorgostanes, lanostanes, gonanes, estranes, androstanes, pregnanes, and cycloartanes.
  • structural lipids include sterols and zoosterols such as cholesterol, lanosterol, zymosterol, zymostenol, desmosterol, stigmastanol, dihydrolanosterol, and 7-dehydrocholesterol.
  • Examples of structural lipids include pegylated cholesterols, and cholestane 3-oxo-(C1-22)acyl compounds, for example, cholesteryl acetate, cholesteryl arachidonate, cholesteryl butyrate, cholesteryl hexanoate, cholesteryl myristate, cholesteryl palmitate, cholesteryl behenate, cholesteryl stearate, cholesteryl caprylate, cholesteryl n-decanoate, cholesteryl dodecanoate, cholesteryl nervonate, cholesteryl pelargonate, cholesteryl n-valerate, cholesteryl oleate, cholesteryl elaidate, cholesteryl erucate, cholesteryl heptanoate, cholesteryl linolelaidate, and cholesteryl linoleate.
  • cholesteryl acetate cholesteryl arachidonate, cholesteryl buty
  • lipids examples include sterols such as phytosterols, beta-sitosterol, campesterol, ergosterol, brassicasterol, delta-7-stigmasterol, and delta-7-avenasterol.
  • sterols such as phytosterols, beta-sitosterol, campesterol, ergosterol, brassicasterol, delta-7-stigmasterol, and delta-7-avenasterol.
  • stabilizer lipids examples include zwitterionic lipids.
  • stabilizer lipids include compounds such as phospholipids.
  • phospholipids include phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidic acid, palmitoyloleoyl phosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, dioleoylphosphatidylcholine, di stearoylphosphatidylcholine and ordilinoleoylphosphatidylcholine.
  • stabilizer lipids include phosphatidyl ethanolamine compounds and phosphatidyl choline compounds.
  • stabilizer lipids examples include 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (DOPC).
  • DOPC 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine
  • stabilizer lipids examples include diphytanoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine (DPhPE) and 1,2-Diphytanoyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (DPhPC).
  • DPhPE diphytanoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine
  • DPhPC 1,2-Diphytanoyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine
  • stabilizer lipids examples include 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DPPC), 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DPPE), and 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DOPE).
  • DSPC 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine
  • DPPC 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine
  • DPPE 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine
  • DOPE 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine
  • stabilizer lipids examples include 1,2-dilauroyl-sn-glycerol (DLG); 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycerol (DMG); 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycerol (DPG); 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycerol (DSG); 1,2-diarachidoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DAPC); 1,2-dilauroyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DLPC); 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DMPC); 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-O-ethyl-3-phosphocholine (DPePC); 1,2-dilauroyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DLPE); 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DMPE); 1,2-distearoyl-s
  • lipids for reducing immunogenicity include polymeric compounds and polymer-lipid conjugates.
  • lipids for reducing immunogenicity examples include pegylated lipids having polyethyleneglycol (PEG) regions.
  • PEG regions can be of any molecular mass.
  • a PEG region can have a molecular mass of 200, 300, 350, 400, 500, 550, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 3500, 4000 or 5000 Da.
  • lipids for reducing immunogenicity include compounds having a methoxypolyethyleneglycol region.
  • lipids for reducing immunogenicity include compounds having a carbonyl-methoxypolyethyleneglycol region.
  • lipids for reducing immunogenicity include compounds having a multi-branched PEG region.
  • lipids for reducing immunogenicity include compounds having a polyglycerine region.
  • lipids for reducing immunogenicity examples include polymeric lipids such as DSPE-mPEG, DMPE-mPEG, DPPE-mPEG, and DOPE-mPEG.
  • lipids for reducing immunogenicity examples include PEG-phospholipids and PEG-ceramides.
  • cationic lipids examples include cationic HEDC compounds as described in US 2013/0330401 A1. Some examples of cationic lipids are given in US 2013/0115274 A1.
  • a composition can contain the ionizable compound A6, the structural lipid cholesterol, the stabilizer lipids DOPC and DOPE, and the lipid for reducing immunogenicity DPPE-mPEG.
  • compound A6 can be 15 to 25 mol % of the composition; the cholesterol, DOPC, and DOPE combined can be 75 to 85 mol % of the composition; and DPPE-mPEG can be 5 mol % of the composition.
  • compound A6 can be 25 mol % of the composition; cholesterol can be 30 mol % of the composition, DOPC can be 20 mol % of the composition, DOPE can be 20 mol % of the composition; and DPPE-mPEG(2000) can be 5 mol % of the composition.
  • Embodiments of this invention can provide liposome nanoparticle compositions.
  • the ionizable molecules of this invention can be used to form liposome compositions, which can have one or more bilayer structures of lipid-like molecules.
  • a nanoparticle composition can have one or more of the ionizable molecules of this invention in a liposomal structure, a bilayer structure, a micelle, a lamellar structure, or a mixture thereof.
  • a composition can include one or more liquid vehicle components.
  • a liquid vehicle suitable for delivery of active agents of this invention can be a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid vehicle.
  • a liquid vehicle can include an organic solvent, or a combination of water and an organic solvent.
  • Embodiments of this invention can provide lipid nanoparticles having a size of from 10 to 1000 nm. In some embodiments, the liposome nanoparticles can have a size of from 10 to 150 nm.
  • This invention further contemplates methods for distributing an active agent to an organ of a subject for treating fibrosis by administering to the subject a composition of this invention.
  • Organs that can be treated include lung, liver, pancreas, kidney, colon, heart, bone marrow, skin, intestine, brain and eye.
  • this invention provides methods for treating a lung fibrosis disease by administering to the subject a composition of this invention.
  • fibrosis disease examples include idiopathic lung fibrosis and liver cirrhosis.
  • this invention provides a range of pharmaceutical formulations.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation herein can include an active agent, as well as a drug carrier, or a lipid of this invention, along with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • active agents of this description include siRNAs, active agents for fibrosis, as well as any small molecule drug.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation of this invention may contain one or more of each of the following: a surface active agent, a diluent, an excipient, a preservative, a stabilizer, a dye, and a suspension agent.
  • preservatives examples include sodium benzoate, ascorbic acid, and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid.
  • Examples of surface active agents include alcohols, esters, sulfated aliphatic alcohols.
  • excipients include sucrose, glucose, lactose, starch, crystallized cellulose, mannitol, light anhydrous silicate, magnesium aluminate, magnesium metasilicate aluminate, synthetic aluminum silicate, calcium carbonate, sodium acid carbonate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, and calcium carboxymethyl cellulose.
  • suspension agents examples include coconut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, peanut oil, soya, cellulose acetate phthalate, methylacetate-methacrylate copolymer, and ester phthalates.
  • a compound of this invention may have one or more lipophilic tails that contain one or more alkyl or alkenyl groups.
  • lipophilic tails having alkenyl groups include C(14:1(5))alkenyl, C(14:1(9))alkenyl, C(16:1(7))alkenyl, C(16:1(9))alkenyl, C(18:1(3))alkenyl, C(18:1(5))alkenyl, C(18:1(7))alkenyl, C(18:1(7))alkenyl, C(18:1(9))alkenyl, C(18:1(11))alkenyl, C(18:1(12))alkenyl, C(18:2(9,12))alkenyl, C(18:2(9,11)alkenyl, C(18:3(9,12,15))alkenyl, C(18:3(6,9,12))alkenyl, C(18:3
  • lipophilic tails include the following structures:
  • lipophilic tails may have one or more additional chemical branches.
  • alkyl refers to a hydrocarbyl radical of a saturated aliphatic group, which can be of any length.
  • An alkyl group can be a branched or unbranched, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group containing from 1 to 22 carbon atoms. This definition also applies to the alkyl portion of other groups such as, for example, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkanoyl, and aralkyl, for example.
  • C(1-5)alkyl includes C(1)alkyl, C(2)alkyl, C(3)alkyl, C(4)alkyl, and C(5)alkyl.
  • C(3-22)alkyl includes C(1)alkyl, C(2)alkyl, C(3)alkyl, C(4)alkyl, C(5)alkyl, C(6)alkyl, C(7)alkyl, C(8)alkyl, C(9)alkyl, C(10)alkyl, C(11)alkyl, C(12)alkyl, C(13)alkyl, C(14)alkyl, C(15)alkyl, C(16)alkyl, C(17)alkyl, C(18)alkyl, C(19)alkyl, C(20)alkyl, C(21)alkyl, and C(22)alkyl.
  • an alkyl group may be designated by a term such as Me (methyl, —CH 3 ), Et (ethyl, —CH 2 CH 3 ), Pr (any propyl group), i Pr (n-Pr, n-propyl), (i-Pr, isopropyl), Bu (any butyl group), n Bu (n-Bu, n-butyl), (i-Bu, isobutyl), s Bu (s-Bu, sec-butyl), and t Bu (t-Bu, tert-butyl).
  • alkenyl refers to hydrocarbyl radical having at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • An alkenyl group can be branched or unbranched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl radical having 2 to 22 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • An “alkenyl” group has one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • substituted refers to an atom having one or more substitutions or substituents which can be the same or different and may include a hydrogen substituent.
  • alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkanoyl, and aryl refer to groups which can include substituted variations.
  • Substituted variations include linear, branched, and cyclic variations, and groups having a substituent or substituents replacing one or more hydrogens attached to any carbon atom of the group.
  • a compound may contain one or more chiral centers.
  • Compounds containing one or more chiral centers may include those described as an “isomer,” a “stereoisomer,” a “diastereomer,” an “enantiomer,” an “optical isomer,” or as a “racemic mixture.”
  • Conventions for stereochemical nomenclature for example the stereoisomer naming rules of Cahn, Ingold and Prelog, as well as methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are known in the art. See, for example, Michael B. Smith and Jerry March, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th edition, 2001.
  • This invention encompasses any and all tautomeric, solvated or unsolvated, hydrated or unhydrated forms, as well as any atom isotope forms of the compounds and compositions disclosed herein.
  • This invention encompasses any and all crystalline polymorphs or different crystalline forms of the compounds and compositions disclosed herein.
  • FIG. 1 A scheme for the preparation of Compound A6 is shown in FIG. 1 .
  • reaction mixture was concentrated using a rotavapor, washed with saturated NaHCO 3 aqueous solution (300 mL), and extracted with DCM (300 mL, 200 mL). The combined organic layers were then dried over Na 2 SO 4 (20 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the crude was dissolved in 20 mL DCM and purified with a 330 g silica column using a gradient of hexane for 5 min, then 10% EtOAc/hexane for 20 min followed by 20% EtOAc/hexane for 20 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 2 (41.4 g, 82% yield) as a clear yellow liquid.
  • FIG. 2 A scheme for the preparation of Compound AB is shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system. Material directly loaded onto a 24 g silica column and using a gradient of DCM for 3 min, then 0-8% MeOH/DCM for 7 min followed by 8% MeOH/DCM for 20 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound AB (379 mg, 76% yield) as a yellow liquid.
  • FIG. 3 A scheme for the preparation of Compound A4 is shown in FIG. 3 .
  • FIG. 4 A scheme for the preparation of Compound B8 is shown in FIG. 4 .
  • FIG. 5 A scheme for the preparation of Compound A9 is shown in FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 6 A scheme for the preparation of Compound AA is shown in FIG. 6 .
  • FIG. 7 A scheme for the preparation of Compound A5 is shown in FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 8 A scheme for the preparation of Compound A1 is shown in FIG. 8 .
  • FIG. 9 A scheme for the preparation of Compound D22 is shown in FIG. 9 .
  • FIG. 10 A scheme for the preparation of Compounds A7 and A8 is shown in FIG. 10 .
  • Compound A8 Compound A7 (160 mg, 0.22 mmol) was added to methyl iodide (2 mL) in an oven-dried vial (20 mL) with a magnetic bar. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. Next, methyl iodide was removed under vacuum. The crude was dissolved in 1 mL DCM and purified with a 12 g silica column using a gradient of 2-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and performed iodide to chloride anion exchange using resin Amberst 26. The resulting solution was finally concentrated under reduced pressure to give Compound A8 (100 mg, 59% yield) as a clear liquid.
  • FIG. 11 A scheme for the preparation of Compounds C3 and C2 is shown in FIG. 11 .
  • Compound C2 Compound C3 (890 mg, 1.22 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (9 mL) and iodomethane (1 mL) was added. Vial was flushed with argon gas and allowed to stir at 50° C. overnight. Next day, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography purification system (40 g silica gel column) using a gradient of DCM for 2 min, then 0-8% MeOH/DCM for 20 min, then 8% MeOH/DCM for 5 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min.
  • flash chromatography purification system 40 g silica gel column
  • FIG. 12 A scheme for the preparation of Compound DD is shown in FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 13 A scheme for the preparation of Compound E4 is shown in FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 14 A scheme for the preparation of Compound CA is shown in FIG. 14 .
  • FIG. 15 A scheme for the preparation of Compound D1 is shown in FIG. 15 .
  • FIG. 16 A scheme for the preparation of Compound D7 is shown in FIG. 16 .
  • FIG. 17 A scheme for the preparation of Compound F6 is shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of DCM for 1 min, then 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 2 min, then 10% MeOH/DCM for 7 min, then 10-30% MeOH/DCM for 2 min, then 30% MeOH/DCM for 7 min under the flow rate at 35 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 17 (460 mg, 24% yield) as a clear liquid.
  • the product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step.
  • FIG. 18 A scheme for the preparation of Compounds F5 and F7 is shown in FIG. 18 .
  • Compound F7 Compound F5 (6.1 g, 9.04 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (18 mL) and methyl iodide (2 mL) was added. Vial was flushed with argon gas and the mixture was allowed to stir at 40° C. for 4 hours. Afterwards, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography with loading the crude oil directly onto 120 g silica gel column and using a gradient of DCM for 2 min, then 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 10 min, then 10% MeOH/DCM for 5 min, then 10-15% MeOH/DCM for 5 min, then 15% MeOH/DCM for 5 min under the flow rate at 85 mL/min.
  • FIG. 19 A scheme for the preparation of Compounds F8 and F9 is shown in FIG. 19 .
  • Compound F9 Compound F8 (620 mg, 1.09 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (9 mL) and methyl iodide (1 mL) was added. The vial was flushed with argon gas and allowed to stir at 40° C. for 4 hours. Afterwards, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography with loading the crude oil directly onto 24 g silica gel column and using a gradient of DCM for 1 min, then 0-25% MeOH/DCM for 25 min under the flow rate at 32 mL/min. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and subjected to Amberlyst A26 Anion Exchange resin to yield Compound F9 (325 mg, 48% yield) as a clear oil.
  • FIG. 20 A scheme for the preparation of Compounds C25 and C24 is shown in FIG. 20 .
  • reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified by flash chromatography purification system (220 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 24 (15.2 g, 100% yield) as a clear liquid.
  • reaction mixture was washed with 10% aqueous K 2 CO 3 solution (50 mL), extracted with DCM (2 ⁇ 50 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated by rotavapor.
  • the crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 40 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound C25 (1.5 g, 76.6% yield) as a clear liquid.
  • Compound C24 Compound C25 (1.5 g, 2.14 mmol) was added to methyl iodide (2 mL) in an oven-dried vial (20 mL) with a magnetic bar. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). Next, the excess reagent was removed under vacuum. The crude was dissolved in 1 mL DCM and purified with a 40 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 30 mL/min. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and subjected to Amberlyst A26 Anion Exchange resin to yield Compound C24 (1.6 g, 96% yield) as a clear liquid.
  • FIG. 21 A scheme for the preparation of Compound D16 is shown in FIG. 21 .
  • FIG. 23 A scheme for the preparation of Compound D18 is shown in FIG. 23 .
  • FIG. 25 A scheme for the preparation of Compound D20 is shown in FIG. 25 .
  • FIG. 26 A scheme for the preparation of Compound D21 is shown in FIG. 26 .
  • reaction mixture was filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure, which was purified with a 12 g silica column using a gradient of 0-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min.
  • product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound D21 (150 mg, 30% yield) as a clear liquid.
  • FIG. 27 A scheme for the preparation of Compound E37 is shown in FIG. 27 .
  • reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min.
  • product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound E37 (2.0 g, 92% yield) as a clear oil.
  • FIG. 28 A scheme for the preparation of Compounds E38 and E39 is shown in FIG. 28 .
  • reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min.
  • product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound E38 (750 mg, 95% yield) as a clear oil.
  • Compound E39 Compound E38 (350 mg, 0.46 mmol) was added to methyl iodide (2 mL) in an oven-dried vial (20 mL) with a magnetic bar. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). Next, the excess reagent was removed under vacuum. The crude was dissolved in 1 mL DCM and purified with a 40 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 30 mL/min. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and subjected to Amberlyst A26 Anion Exchange resin to yield Compound E39 (165 mg, 82% yield) as a clear liquid.
  • FIG. 29 A scheme for the preparation of Compound E40 is shown in FIG. 29 .
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) dried over Na 2 SO 4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (330 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min.
  • the product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 41 (5.8 g, 94% yield) as a colorless oil.
  • FIG. 30 A scheme for the preparation of Compound A23 is shown in FIG. 30 .

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Nanotechnology (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

This invention includes ionizable compounds, and compositions and methods of use thereof. The ionizable compounds can be used for making nanoparticle compositions for use in biopharmaceuticals and therapeutics. More particularly, this invention relates to compounds, compositions and methods for providing nanoparticles to encapsulate active agents, such as nucleic acid agents, and to deliver and distribute the active agents to cells, tissues, organs, and subjects.

Description

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Therapeutic agents such as drug compounds, nucleic acid molecules and other active agents operate by uptake into cells, tissues, and organs of a subject. Transfection of agents and molecules into cells is often a limiting step in therapeutic action.
When the active agent molecules are sensitive to attack or degradation in serum or other biological settings, it becomes necessary to protect the molecules in order to achieve their medicinal effect.
For example, one way to carry out transfection of nucleic acids is to encapsulate the active molecules in a lipid nanoparticle. Drawbacks of this methodology include potential toxicity in various modalities of delivery, such as intravenous injection, and low rates of cell penetration.
There is a long-standing need for molecules to provide nanoparticles that have favorable transfection properties to deliver active agents to cells.
What is needed are compositions and compounds for forming nanoparticles for active agents. There is a continuing need for lipid-like molecules and compositions for efficient transfection and distribution of nucleic acid molecules and other agents to cells and subjects.
BRIEF SUMMARY
This invention relates to molecules and compositions thereof for use in biopharmaceuticals and therapeutics. More particularly, this invention relates to compounds, compositions and methods for providing nanoparticles to deliver and distribute active agents or drug compounds to cells, tissues, organs, and subjects.
This invention provides a range of ionizable compounds. The ionizable compounds of this invention can be used to form nanoparticles to deliver and distribute active agents.
Embodiments of this invention include a broad range of compounds having lipid-like or liposome-forming properties.
In some embodiments, a compound may have the structure shown in Formula I
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00001

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00002

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, and aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, and hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7;
p is from 1 to 4.
In further embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula II
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00003

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein R3 is a C(12-20) alkyl group or a C(12-20) alkenyl group that is substituted with a carboxylic acid or ester group.
In additional embodiments, a compound may have the structure shown in Formula III
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00004

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, and carboxyalkyl;
wherein R6 is selected from NR7 2, N+HR7 2 and N+R7 3;
wherein R7 is selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl.
A compound of this invention may have the structure shown in Formula IV
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00005

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00006

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7;
p is from 1 to 4.
In further embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula IV-B
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00007

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein Z is S or O;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00008

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
p is from 1 to 4.
In further aspects, a compound may have the structure shown in Formula V
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00009

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=NHC(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00010

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7.
A compound of this invention can have the structure shown in Formula VI
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00011

wherein R1 is
R1=OC(═O)R4
wherein R2 and R4 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from aminoalkyl, quaternary aminoalkyl.
In certain embodiments, a compound of this invention can have the structure shown in Formula VII
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00012

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=OC(═O)R4
R2=OC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein R3 is selected from H, alkyl, aminoalkyl, quaternary aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxyalkyl.
In further aspects, a compound may have the structure shown in Formula VIII
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00013

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=OC(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)ZR5
wherein Z is NH or O,
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
amino;
quaternary amino;
aminoalkyl;
quaternary aminoalkyl;
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00014
NHC(═O)(CH2)pR19;
NHC(═O)SR9;
wherein R19 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00015
carboxyalkyl;
aminoalkyl;
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00016

wherein R9 is selected from
alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
and wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7.
In certain aspects, a compound may have the structure shown in Formula VIII-B
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00017

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2;
R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein Z is N, O;
wherein R3 is selected from
alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00018

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
p is from 1 to 4.
In additional embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula IX
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00019

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=NHC(═O)R5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00020

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7.
A compound of this disclosure can have the structure shown in Formula X
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00021

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=NHC(═O)R5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
amino;
quaternary amino;
aminoalkyl;
quaternary aminoalkyl;
hydroxyalkylamino.
In further embodiments, a compound may have the structure shown in Formula XI
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00022

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein Z is O or NH;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00023

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7.
This invention further contemplates compositions containing an ionizable compound above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In some embodiments, the composition may contain nanoparticles. This disclosure includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising an ionizable compound above, an active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The ionizable compound may be from 15 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipids of the composition. In some embodiments, the composition may comprise nanoparticles.
An active agent of this disclosure may be one or more RNAi molecules. An active agent may be one or more RNAi molecules selected from small interfering RNAs (siRNA), double stranded RNAs (dsRNA) that are Dicer substrates, microRNAs (miRNA), short hairpin RNAs (shRNA), DNA-directed RNAs (ddRNA), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNA), repeat associated siRNAs (rasiRNA), and modified forms thereof.
An active agent of this disclosure may be one or more active pharmaceutical ingredients.
In certain embodiments, this invention includes compositions for use in distributing an active agent for treating a condition or disease in a subject, the composition comprising an ionizable compound above, a structural lipid, a stabilizer lipid, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition. The active agent can be one or more RNAi molecules and the composition may comprise nanoparticles that encapsulate the RNAi molecules.
This invention further contemplates compositions containing an ionizable compound, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In some embodiments, a composition of this invention can be a nanoparticle composed, at least in part, of an ionizable compound.
Compounds of this invention can be used to make compositions for use in distributing an active agent in a subject, where the composition includes an ionizable compound.
A composition of this invention can be used in distributing an active agent for treating a condition or disease in a subject.
A composition for use in distributing an active agent for treating a condition or disease in a subject can include an ionizable compound, a structural lipid, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1: FIG. 1 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A6.
FIG. 2: FIG. 2 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound AB.
FIG. 3: FIG. 3 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A4.
FIG. 4: FIG. 4 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound B8.
FIG. 5: FIG. 5 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A9.
FIG. 6: FIG. 6 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound AA.
FIG. 7: FIG. 7 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A5.
FIG. 8: FIG. 8 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A1.
FIG. 9: FIG. 9 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D22.
FIG. 10: FIG. 10 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds A7 and A8.
FIG. 11: FIG. 11 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds C3 and C2.
FIG. 12: FIG. 12 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound DD.
FIG. 13: FIG. 13 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound E4.
FIG. 14: FIG. 14 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound CA.
FIG. 15: FIG. 15 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D1.
FIG. 16: FIG. 16 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D7.
FIG. 17: FIG. 17 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound F6.
FIG. 18: FIG. 18 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds F5 and F7.
FIG. 19: FIG. 19 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds F8 and F9.
FIG. 20: FIG. 20 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds C25 and C24.
FIG. 21: FIG. 21 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D16.
FIG. 22: FIG. 22 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D17.
FIG. 23: FIG. 23 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D18.
FIG. 24: FIG. 24 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D19.
FIG. 25: FIG. 25 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D20.
FIG. 26: FIG. 26 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound D21.
FIG. 27: FIG. 27 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound E37.
FIG. 28: FIG. 28 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compounds E38 and E39.
FIG. 29: FIG. 29 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound E40.
FIG. 30: FIG. 30 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A23.
FIG. 31: FIG. 31 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A24.
FIG. 32: FIG. 32 shows a scheme for the preparation of Compound A25.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
This invention provides a range of ionizable molecules that are amphiphiles with lipid-like properties. The ionizable compounds of this invention can be used in delivering therapeutic agents to cells, tissues or organs, organisms, and subjects.
In some aspects, this invention provides compounds for forming lipid nanoparticles for encapsulating and delivering active agents such as nucleic acid molecules to cells and subjects.
This invention can provide a composition for use in distributing an active agent in cells, tissues or organs, organisms, and subjects, where the composition includes one or more of the ionizable molecules of this invention.
Compositions of this invention may include one or more of the ionizable molecules, along with a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
An ionizable molecule of this invention can be any mol % of a composition of this invention.
Compositions of this invention may include one or more of the ionizable molecules, along with a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
Compositions of this invention may include one or more of the ionizable molecules, along with a structural lipid, one or more stabilizer lipids, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
This invention includes compositions containing one or more ionizable compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The composition may comprise nanoparticles.
This invention further contemplates pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more ionizable compounds, an active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
A composition may contain an ionizable compound in a quantity from 15 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipids of the composition.
An active agent can be one or more RNAi molecules. An active agent can be one or more RNAi molecules selected from small interfering RNAs (siRNA), double stranded RNAs (dsRNA) that are Dicer substrates, microRNAs (miRNA), short hairpin RNAs (shRNA), DNA-directed RNAs (ddRNA), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNA), repeat associated siRNAs (rasiRNA), and modified forms thereof.
In further aspects, this invention includes compositions for use in distributing an active agent for treating a condition or disease in a subject, where the composition contains one or more ionizable compounds, a structural lipid, a stabilizer lipid, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition. The active agent can be one or more RNAi molecules, and the composition may comprise nanoparticles that encapsulate the RNAi molecules.
Compositions with Three Components
As used herein, a component of a formulation, such as a “lipid,” can be a single compound, or can be a combination of one or more suitable lipid compounds. For example, “a stabilizer lipid” can refer to a single stabilizer lipid, or to a combination of one or more suitable stabilizer lipids. One skilled in the art can readily appreciate that certain combinations of the compounds described herein can be used without undue experimentation, and that various combinations of compounds are encompassed by the description of a component of a formulation.
The ionizable compounds of a composition of this invention can be from 50 mol % to 80 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the ionizable molecules of a composition can be from 55 mol % to 65 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In further embodiments, the ionizable molecules of a composition can be about 60 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
The structural lipid of a composition of this invention can be from 20 mol % to 50 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid of a composition can be from 35 mol % to 45 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
The one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be from a total of 1 mol % to 8 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be from a total of 1 mol % to 5 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
In additional aspects, a composition of this invention can further include a cationic lipid, which can be from 5 mol % to 25 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, a composition of this invention can further include a cationic lipid, which can be from 5 mol % to 15 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In these aspects, the molar ratio of the concentrations of the cationic lipid to the ionizable molecules of a composition of this invention can be from 5:80 to 25:50.
In compositions of this invention, the entirety of the lipid components may include one or more of the ionizable compound molecular components, a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
Compositions with Four Components
The ionizable molecules of a composition of this invention can be from 15 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the ionizable molecules of a composition can be from 20 mol % to 35 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In further embodiments, the ionizable molecules of a composition can be from 25 mol % to 30 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
The structural lipid of a composition of this invention can be from 25 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid of a composition can be from 30 mol % to 35 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
The sum of the stabilizer lipids of a composition of this invention can be from 25 mol % to 40% mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the sum of the stabilizer lipids of a composition can be from 30 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
In some embodiments, a composition of this invention can include two or more stabilizer lipids, where each of the stabilizer lipids individually can be from 5 mol % to 35 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, a composition of this invention can include two or more stabilizer lipids, where each of the stabilizer lipids individually can be from 10 mol % to 30 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
In certain embodiments, the sum of the one or more stabilizer lipids can be from 25 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipids of the composition, wherein each of the stabilizer lipids individually can be from 5 mol % to 35% mol %.
In certain embodiments, the sum of the one or more stabilizer lipids can be from 30 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipids of the composition, wherein each of the stabilizer lipids individually can be from 10 mol % to 30% mol %.
The one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be from a total of 1 mol % to 8 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, the one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be from a total of 1 mol % to 5 mol % of the lipid components of the composition.
In additional aspects, a composition of this invention can further include a cationic lipid, which can be from 5 mol % to 25 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, a composition of this invention can further include a cationic lipid, which can be from 5 mol % to 15 mol % of the lipid components of the composition. In these aspects, the molar ratio of the concentrations of the cationic lipid to the ionizable molecules of a composition of this invention can be from 5:35 to 25:15.
In certain embodiments, the entirety of the lipid components of a composition may include one or more of the ionizable compound molecular components, a structural lipid, one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition, and one or more stabilizer lipids.
Examples of Lipid Compositions
In some embodiments, three lipid-like components, i.e. one or more ionizable molecules, a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition can be 100% of the lipid components of the composition. In certain embodiments, a cationic lipid can be included.
Examples of compositions of this invention are shown in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Compositions of lipid components (each in mol % of total)
Reduce
Ionizable Cationic Structural immun.
60 0 32 8
60 0 35 5
55 0 44 1
65 0 32 3
60 0 36 4
65 0 32 3
70 0 25 5
74 0 20 6
78 0 20 2
50 10 35 5
55 15 25 5
55 20 20 5
In certain embodiments, four lipid-like components, i.e. one or more ionizable molecules, a structural lipid, and one or more lipids for reducing immunogenicity of the composition, and one or more stabilizer lipids can be 100% of the lipid components of the composition.
Examples of compositions of this invention are shown in Table 2.
TABLE 2
Compositions of lipid components (each in mol % of total)
Reduce
Ionizable Cationic Structural Stabilizer immun.
17 0 35 40 8
20 0 35 40 5
25 0 35 39 1
25 0 35 35 5
25 0 30 40 5
25 0 40 30 5
30 0 25 40 5
35 0 25 35 5
40 0 30 25 5
25 5 30 35 5
25 10 30 30 5
25 15 25 30 5
Compositions for Selective Biodistribution
Aspects of this invention can provide a range of compositions for use in distributing an active agent to various organs or tissues of a subject.
For example, compositions of this invention can contain an ionizable lipid, a structural lipid, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
In some embodiments, compositions of this invention can contain an ionizable lipid, a structural lipid, one or more stabilizer lipids, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
Compositions of this invention may provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to a particular organ or tissue.
In some embodiments, a composition of this invention can provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to the lung of a subject.
In further embodiments, a composition of this invention can provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to the liver of a subject.
In some embodiments, a composition of this invention can provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to the colon of a subject.
In some embodiments, a composition of this invention can provide a surprisingly selective biodistribution of the active agent to the pancreas of a subject.
In certain embodiments, the ratio of the distribution of the active agent to the lung over the distribution of the active agent to the subject's liver can be at least 1.5.
In further embodiments, the ratio of the distribution of the active agent to the lung to the distribution of the active agent to the subject's liver can be at least 5.
Ionizable Compounds
The ionizable compounds of this invention can have lipid-like properties, for example, as amphiphiles.
Examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00024

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein R3 is selected from 1-azetidines, 1-pyrrolidines, 1-piperidines, 4-morpholines, and 1,4-piperazines wherein the rings can be substituted at any carbon atom position,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00025

and can also be selected from amino and aminoalkyl groups, which may be substituted,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00026

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, and aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR′;
p is from 1 to 4.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In some embodiments, examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00027

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00028

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
Q is O or NR7.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00029

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00030

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl;
Q is O or NR7.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, n and m can be each independently from 3 to 6.
In some embodiments, examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00031

wherein K′ and are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00032

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula I
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00033

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00034

wherein
each R6 is independently hydroxyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A1:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00035

which is ((2-(3-(hydroxymethyl)azetidin-1-yl)acetyl)azanediyl)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl) (9Z,9′Z,12Z,12′Z)-bis(octadeca-9,12-dienoate).
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A2:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00036
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A3:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00037
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A4:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00038

which is ((2-((3S,4S)-3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)acetyl)azanediyl)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl) ditetradecanoate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A5:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00039

which is ((2-((3R,4R)-3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)acetyl)azanediyl)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl) (9Z,9′Z,12Z,12′Z)-bis(octadeca-9,12-dienoate).
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A6:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00040

which is ((2-((3S,4R)-3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)acetyl)azanediyl)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl) (9Z,9′Z,12Z,12′Z)-bis(octadeca-9,12-dienoate).
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A7:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00041

which is (((2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)carbonyl)azanediyl)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl) (9Z,9′Z,12Z,12′Z)-bis(octadeca-9,12-dienoate).
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A8:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00042

which is 2-((bis(2-(((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl)oxy)ethyl)carbamoyl)oxy)-N,N,N-trimethylethan-1-aminium.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A9:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00043

which is ((2-(3-(hydroxymethyl)azetidin-1-yl)acetyl)azanediyl)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl) ditetradecanoate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AA:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00044

which is ((2-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)acetyl)azanediyl)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl) (9Z,9′Z,12Z,12′Z)-bis(octadeca-9,12-dienoate).
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AB:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00045

which is ((2-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)acetyl)azanediyl)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl) (9Z,9′Z,12Z,12′Z)-bis(octadeca-9,12-dienoate).
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AC:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00046
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AD:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00047
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AE:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00048
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound AF:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00049
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B1:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00050
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B2:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00051
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B3:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00052
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B4:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00053
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B5:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00054
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B6:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00055
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B7:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00056
Examples of an ionizable molecule include compounds having the structure shown in Formula II
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00057

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein R3 is a C(12-20) alkyl group or a C(12-20) alkenyl group that is substituted with a carboxylic acid or ester group.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, R3 is a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group that is substituted with a carboxylic acid or ester group.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B8:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00058
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B9:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00059
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BA:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00060
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BB:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00061
In certain embodiments, examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula III
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00062

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, and carboxyalkyl;
wherein R6 is selected from NR7 2, N+HR7 2 and N+R7 3;
wherein R7 is selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BC:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00063
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BD:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00064
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BE:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00065
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00066

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from 1-azetidines, 1-pyrrolidines, 1-piperidines, 4-morpholines, and 1,4-piperazines wherein the rings can be substituted at any carbon atom position,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00067

and can also be selected from amino and aminoalkyl groups which can be further substituted,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00068

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR′;
p is from 1 to 4.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00069

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00070

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
p is from 1 to 4.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00071

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00072

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
p is from 1 to 4.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00073

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00074

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl;
p is from 1 to 4.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound BF:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00075
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C1:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00076
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C2:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00077

which is 2-((1-(((9Z,12Z)-heptadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)oxy)-5-(((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)oxy)-1,5-dioxopentan-3-yl)amino)-N,N,N-trimethyl-2-oxoethan-1-aminium.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C3:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00078

which is 1-((9Z,12Z)-heptadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl) 5-((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl) 3-(2-(dimethylamino)acetamido)pentanedioate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C4:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00079
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C5:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00080
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C6:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00081
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C7:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00082
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C8:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00083
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C9:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00084
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CA:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00085

which is di((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl) 3-(2-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)acetamido)pentanedioate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CB:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00086
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CC:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00087
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CD:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00088
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CE:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00089
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound CF:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00090
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D1:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00091

which is di((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl) 3-(2-((3S,4R)-3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)acetamido)pentanedioate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D2:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00092
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D3:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00093
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D4:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00094
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D5:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00095
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D6:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00096
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D7:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00097
Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula IV-B
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00098

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein Z is S or O;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00099

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl;
p is from 1 to 4.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D8:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00100
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D9:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00101
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DA:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00102
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DB:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00103
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DC:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00104
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DD:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00105

which is di((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl) 3-((((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)thio)carbonyl)amino)pentanedioate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DE:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00106
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound DF:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00107
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E1:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00108
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E2:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00109
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E3:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00110
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E4:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00111

which is di((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl) 3-(((2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)carbonyl)amino)pentanedioate.
Embodiments of this invention include compounds having the structure shown in Formula V
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00112

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=NHC(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from 1-azetidines, 1-pyrrolidines, 1-piperidines, 4-morpholines, and 1,4-piperazines wherein the rings can be substituted at any carbon atom position,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00113

and can also be selected from amino and aminoalkyl groups which can be substituted,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00114

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Embodiments of this invention include compounds having the structure shown in Formula V
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00115

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=NHC(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00116

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl;
Q is O or NR7.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E5:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00117
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E6:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00118
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E7:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00119
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E8:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00120
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E9:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00121
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EA:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00122
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EB:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00123
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EC:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00124
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound ED:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00125
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EE:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00126
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound EF:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00127
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F1:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00128
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F2:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00129
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F3:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00130
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F4:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00131
Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula VI
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00132

wherein R1 is
R1=OC(═O)R4
wherein R2 and R4 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from aminoalkyl, quaternary aminoalkyl.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R2 and R4 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F5:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00133

which is 2-((9Z,12Z)—N-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)octadeca-9,12-dienamido)ethyl (9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F6:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00134

which is 2-((9Z,12Z)—N-(4-(dimethylamino)butyl)octadeca-9,12-dienamido)ethyl (9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F7:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00135

which is N,N,N-trimethyl-3-((9Z,12Z)—N-(2-(((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl)oxy)ethyl)octadeca-9,12-dienamido)propan-1-aminium.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F8:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00136

which is 2-(N-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)tetradecanamido)ethyl tetradecanoate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound F9:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00137

which is N,N,N-trimethyl-3-(N-(2-(tetradecanoyloxy)ethyl)tetradecanamido)propan-1-aminium.
Examples of an ionizable compound include compounds having the structure shown in Formula VII
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00138

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=OC(═O)R4
R2=OC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group; wherein R3 is selected from H, alkyl, aminoalkyl, quaternary aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxyalkyl.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FA:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00139
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FB:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00140
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FC:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00141
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In certain embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in
Formula VIII
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00142

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=OC(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)ZR5
wherein Z is NH or O,
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
amino;
quaternary amino;
aminoalkyl;
quaternary aminoalkyl;
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00143
NHC(═O)(CH2)pR19;
NHC(═O)SR9;
wherein R10 is selected from 1-azetidines, 1-pyrrolidines, 1-piperidines, 4-morpholines, and 1,4-piperazines wherein the rings can be substituted at any carbon atom position,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00144

and can also be selected from amino and aminoalkyl groups which can be substituted
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00145
carboxyalkyl;
aminoalkyl;
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00146

wherein R9 is selected from
alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
and wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
p is from 1 to 4;
Q is O or NR7.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In certain embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula VIII
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00147

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=OC(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)ZR5
wherein Z is NH or O,
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00148
NHC(═O)(CH2)pR10;
NHC(═O)SR9;
wherein R10 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00149
carboxyalkyl;
aminoalkyl;
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00150

wherein R9 is selected from
alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
and wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
p is from 1 to 4;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7.
In certain embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula VIII
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00151

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=OC(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)ZR5
wherein Z is NH or O,
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
NHC(═O)(CH2)pR19;
NHC(═O)SR9;
wherein R19 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00152
carboxyalkyl;
aminoalkyl;
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00153

wherein R9 is selected from
alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
and wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
p is from 1 to 4;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7.
In certain embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula VIII
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00154

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=OC(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)ZR5
wherein Z is NH or O,
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
NHC(═O)(CH2)pR19;
NHC(═O)SR9;
wherein R10 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00155

wherein R9 is selected from
alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
and wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
Q is O or NR7.
In certain embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula VIII
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00156

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=OC(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)ZR5
wherein Z is NH,
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
NHC(═O)(CH2)pR10;
NHC(═O)SR9;
wherein R10 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00157

wherein R9 is selected from
alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
    • and wherein
      each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
      each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
      Q is O or NR7.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FD:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00158
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FE:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00159
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound FF:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00160
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A11:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00161
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A12:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00162
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A13:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00163
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A14:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00164
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A15:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00165
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A16:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00166
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A17:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00167
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A18:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00168
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A19:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00169
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A20:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00170
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A21:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00171
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A22:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00172
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A23:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00173

which is (S)-4-oxo-4-((1-oxo-3-(tetradecanoyloxy)-1-(tetradecylamino)propan-2-yl)amino)butanoic acid.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A24:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00174

which is (S)-2-(2-(4-(3-hydroxypropyl)piperazin-1-yl)acetamido)-3-(((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)oxy)-3-oxopropyl (9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound A25:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00175
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In further embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula VIII-B
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00176

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2;
R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein Z is N, O;
wherein R3 is selected from
alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00177

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl; p is from 1 to 4.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B11:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00178
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B12:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00179
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B13:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00180
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound B14:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00181
In additional embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula IX
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00182

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=NHC(═O)R5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from 1-azetidines, 1-pyrrolidines, 1-piperidines, 4-morpholines, and 1,4-piperazines wherein the rings can be substituted at any carbon atom position,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00183

and can also be selected from amino and aminoalkyl groups which can be substituted,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00184

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In additional embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula IX
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00185

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=NHC(═O)R5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00186

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In additional embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula IX
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00187

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=NHC(═O)R5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00188

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C11:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00189
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C12:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00190
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C13:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00191
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C14:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00192
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C15:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00193
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C16:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00194
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C17:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00195
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C18:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00196
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C19:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00197
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C20:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00198
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C21:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00199
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C22:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00200
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C23:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00201
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C24:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00202

which is N,N,N-trimethyl-2-(((S)-3-(((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)oxy)-2-((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienamido)-3-oxopropyl)amino)-2-oxoethan-1-aminium.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound C25:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00203

which is (9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl (S)-3-(2-(dimethylamino)acetamido)-2-((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienamido)propanoate.
In some embodiments, a compound can have the structure shown in Formula X
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00204

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)OR4
R2=NHC(═O)R5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
amino;
quaternary amino;
aminoalkyl;
quaternary aminoalkyl;
hydroxyalkylamino.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D11:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00205
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D12:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00206
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D13:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00207
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound D14:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00208
Embodiments of this invention include compounds having the structure shown in Formula XI
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00209

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein Z is O or NH;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from 1-azetidines, 1-pyrrolidines, 1-piperidines, 4-morpholines, and 1,4-piperazines wherein the rings can be substituted at any carbon atom position,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00210

and can also be selected from amino and aminoalkyl groups which can be substituted,
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00211

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four;
Q is O or NR7.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(16-18) alkyl group, or a C(16-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, p is 1, 2, 3 or 4.
In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Embodiments of this invention include compounds having the structure shown in Formula XI
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00212

wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=C(═O)R4
R2=C(═O)OR5
wherein R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein Z is O or NH;
wherein p is from 1 to 4;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00213

wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl;
each R8 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl, and any two R8 may form a ring;
q is from zero to four.
In some embodiments, each of the alkenyl groups can have from one to two double bonds.
In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
In some embodiments, the terms alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl refer to C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E11:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00214
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E12:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00215
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E13:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00216
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E14:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00217
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E15:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00218
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E16:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00219
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E17:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00220
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E18:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00221
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E19:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00222
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E20:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00223
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E21:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00224
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E22:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00225
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E23:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00226
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E24:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00227
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E25:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00228
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E26:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00229
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E27:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00230
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E28:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00231
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E29:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00232
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E30:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00233
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E31:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00234
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E32:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00235
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E33:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00236
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E34:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00237
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E35:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00238
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E36:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00239
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E37:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00240

which is (9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl (2S,4R)-4-(3-(dimethylamino)propanamido)-1-((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E38:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00241

which is (9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl (2S,4R)-4-(4-(dimethylamino)butanamido)-1-((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E39:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00242

which is N,N,N-trimethyl-4-(((3R,5S)-5-((((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)oxy)carbonyl)-1-((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dienoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)-4-oxobutan-1-aminium.
Examples of an ionizable compound include the following compound E40:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00243
Structural Lipids
Examples of structural lipids include cholesterols, sterols, and steroids.
Examples of structural lipids include cholanes, cholestanes, ergostanes, campestanes, poriferastanes, stigmastanes, gorgostanes, lanostanes, gonanes, estranes, androstanes, pregnanes, and cycloartanes.
Examples of structural lipids include sterols and zoosterols such as cholesterol, lanosterol, zymosterol, zymostenol, desmosterol, stigmastanol, dihydrolanosterol, and 7-dehydrocholesterol.
Examples of structural lipids include pegylated cholesterols, and cholestane 3-oxo-(C1-22)acyl compounds, for example, cholesteryl acetate, cholesteryl arachidonate, cholesteryl butyrate, cholesteryl hexanoate, cholesteryl myristate, cholesteryl palmitate, cholesteryl behenate, cholesteryl stearate, cholesteryl caprylate, cholesteryl n-decanoate, cholesteryl dodecanoate, cholesteryl nervonate, cholesteryl pelargonate, cholesteryl n-valerate, cholesteryl oleate, cholesteryl elaidate, cholesteryl erucate, cholesteryl heptanoate, cholesteryl linolelaidate, and cholesteryl linoleate.
Examples of structural lipids include sterols such as phytosterols, beta-sitosterol, campesterol, ergosterol, brassicasterol, delta-7-stigmasterol, and delta-7-avenasterol.
Stabilizer Lipids
Examples of stabilizer lipids include zwitterionic lipids.
Examples of stabilizer lipids include compounds such as phospholipids.
Examples of phospholipids include phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidic acid, palmitoyloleoyl phosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidylethanolamine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, dioleoylphosphatidylcholine, di stearoylphosphatidylcholine and ordilinoleoylphosphatidylcholine.
Examples of stabilizer lipids include phosphatidyl ethanolamine compounds and phosphatidyl choline compounds.
Examples of stabilizer lipids include 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (DOPC).
Examples of stabilizer lipids include diphytanoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine (DPhPE) and 1,2-Diphytanoyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (DPhPC).
Examples of stabilizer lipids include 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DPPC), 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DPPE), and 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DOPE).
Examples of stabilizer lipids include 1,2-dilauroyl-sn-glycerol (DLG); 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycerol (DMG); 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycerol (DPG); 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycerol (DSG); 1,2-diarachidoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DAPC); 1,2-dilauroyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DLPC); 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DMPC); 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-O-ethyl-3-phosphocholine (DPePC); 1,2-dilauroyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DLPE); 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DMPE); 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DSPE); 1-palmitoyl-2-linoleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine; 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (POPC); 1-palmitoyl-2-lyso-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (P-Lyso-PC); and 1-Stearoyl-2-lyso-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (S-Lyso-PC).
Lipids for Reducing Immunogenicity
Examples of lipids for reducing immunogenicity include polymeric compounds and polymer-lipid conjugates.
Examples of lipids for reducing immunogenicity include pegylated lipids having polyethyleneglycol (PEG) regions. The PEG regions can be of any molecular mass. In some embodiments, a PEG region can have a molecular mass of 200, 300, 350, 400, 500, 550, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 3500, 4000 or 5000 Da.
Examples of lipids for reducing immunogenicity include compounds having a methoxypolyethyleneglycol region.
Examples of lipids for reducing immunogenicity include compounds having a carbonyl-methoxypolyethyleneglycol region.
Examples of lipids for reducing immunogenicity include compounds having a multi-branched PEG region.
Examples of lipids for reducing immunogenicity include compounds having a polyglycerine region.
Examples of lipids for reducing immunogenicity include polymeric lipids such as DSPE-mPEG, DMPE-mPEG, DPPE-mPEG, and DOPE-mPEG.
Examples of lipids for reducing immunogenicity include PEG-phospholipids and PEG-ceramides.
Cationic Lipids
Examples of cationic lipids include cationic HEDC compounds as described in US 2013/0330401 A1. Some examples of cationic lipids are given in US 2013/0115274 A1.
Lipid Compositions
In some embodiments, a composition can contain the ionizable compound A6, the structural lipid cholesterol, the stabilizer lipids DOPC and DOPE, and the lipid for reducing immunogenicity DPPE-mPEG. In certain embodiments, compound A6 can be 15 to 25 mol % of the composition; the cholesterol, DOPC, and DOPE combined can be 75 to 85 mol % of the composition; and DPPE-mPEG can be 5 mol % of the composition.
In one embodiment, compound A6 can be 25 mol % of the composition; cholesterol can be 30 mol % of the composition, DOPC can be 20 mol % of the composition, DOPE can be 20 mol % of the composition; and DPPE-mPEG(2000) can be 5 mol % of the composition.
Nanoparticles
Embodiments of this invention can provide liposome nanoparticle compositions. The ionizable molecules of this invention can be used to form liposome compositions, which can have one or more bilayer structures of lipid-like molecules.
A nanoparticle composition can have one or more of the ionizable molecules of this invention in a liposomal structure, a bilayer structure, a micelle, a lamellar structure, or a mixture thereof.
In some embodiments, a composition can include one or more liquid vehicle components. A liquid vehicle suitable for delivery of active agents of this invention can be a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid vehicle. A liquid vehicle can include an organic solvent, or a combination of water and an organic solvent.
Embodiments of this invention can provide lipid nanoparticles having a size of from 10 to 1000 nm. In some embodiments, the liposome nanoparticles can have a size of from 10 to 150 nm.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
This invention further contemplates methods for distributing an active agent to an organ of a subject for treating fibrosis by administering to the subject a composition of this invention. Organs that can be treated include lung, liver, pancreas, kidney, colon, heart, bone marrow, skin, intestine, brain and eye.
In some embodiments, this invention provides methods for treating a lung fibrosis disease by administering to the subject a composition of this invention.
Examples of fibrosis disease include idiopathic lung fibrosis and liver cirrhosis.
In further aspects, this invention provides a range of pharmaceutical formulations.
A pharmaceutical formulation herein can include an active agent, as well as a drug carrier, or a lipid of this invention, along with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. In general, active agents of this description include siRNAs, active agents for fibrosis, as well as any small molecule drug.
A pharmaceutical formulation of this invention may contain one or more of each of the following: a surface active agent, a diluent, an excipient, a preservative, a stabilizer, a dye, and a suspension agent.
Some pharmaceutical carriers, diluents and components for a pharmaceutical formulation, as well as methods for formulating and administering the compounds and compositions of this invention are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. (1990).
Examples of preservatives include sodium benzoate, ascorbic acid, and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid.
Examples of surface active agents include alcohols, esters, sulfated aliphatic alcohols.
Examples of excipients include sucrose, glucose, lactose, starch, crystallized cellulose, mannitol, light anhydrous silicate, magnesium aluminate, magnesium metasilicate aluminate, synthetic aluminum silicate, calcium carbonate, sodium acid carbonate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, and calcium carboxymethyl cellulose.
Examples of suspension agents include coconut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, peanut oil, soya, cellulose acetate phthalate, methylacetate-methacrylate copolymer, and ester phthalates.
Structures of Molecular Tails
A compound of this invention may have one or more lipophilic tails that contain one or more alkyl or alkenyl groups. Examples of lipophilic tails having alkenyl groups include C(14:1(5))alkenyl, C(14:1(9))alkenyl, C(16:1(7))alkenyl, C(16:1(9))alkenyl, C(18:1(3))alkenyl, C(18:1(5))alkenyl, C(18:1(7))alkenyl, C(18:1(9))alkenyl, C(18:1(11))alkenyl, C(18:1(12))alkenyl, C(18:2(9,12))alkenyl, C(18:2(9,11))alkenyl, C(18:3(9,12,15))alkenyl, C(18:3(6,9,12))alkenyl, C(18:3(9,11,13))alkenyl, C(18:4(6,9,12,15))alkenyl, C(18:4(9,11,13,15))alkenyl, C(20:1(9))alkenyl, C(20:1(11))alkenyl, C(20:2(8,11))alkenyl, C(20:2(5,8))alkenyl, C(20:2(11,14))alkenyl, C(20:3(5,8,11))alkenyl, C(20:4(5,8,11,14))alkenyl, C(20:4(7,10,13,16))alkenyl, C(20:5(5,8,11,14,17))alkenyl, C(20:6(4,7,10,13,16,19))alkenyl, C(22:1(9))alkenyl, C(22:1(13))alkenyl, and C(24:1(9))alkenyl. Some examples of tail structures are found at Donald Voet and Judith Voet, Biochemistry, 3rd Edition (2005), p. 383.
Some examples of lipophilic tails include the following structures:
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00244
Any of these example structures of lipophilic tails may have one or more additional chemical branches.
Chemical Definitions
The term “alkyl” as used herein refers to a hydrocarbyl radical of a saturated aliphatic group, which can be of any length. An alkyl group can be a branched or unbranched, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group containing from 1 to 22 carbon atoms. This definition also applies to the alkyl portion of other groups such as, for example, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkanoyl, and aralkyl, for example.
As used herein, for example, a term such as “C(1-5)alkyl” includes C(1)alkyl, C(2)alkyl, C(3)alkyl, C(4)alkyl, and C(5)alkyl. Likewise, for example, the term “C(3-22)alkyl” includes C(1)alkyl, C(2)alkyl, C(3)alkyl, C(4)alkyl, C(5)alkyl, C(6)alkyl, C(7)alkyl, C(8)alkyl, C(9)alkyl, C(10)alkyl, C(11)alkyl, C(12)alkyl, C(13)alkyl, C(14)alkyl, C(15)alkyl, C(16)alkyl, C(17)alkyl, C(18)alkyl, C(19)alkyl, C(20)alkyl, C(21)alkyl, and C(22)alkyl.
As used herein, an alkyl group may be designated by a term such as Me (methyl, —CH3), Et (ethyl, —CH2CH3), Pr (any propyl group), iPr (n-Pr, n-propyl), (i-Pr, isopropyl), Bu (any butyl group), nBu (n-Bu, n-butyl), (i-Bu, isobutyl), sBu (s-Bu, sec-butyl), and tBu (t-Bu, tert-butyl).
The term “alkenyl” as used herein refers to hydrocarbyl radical having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. An alkenyl group can be branched or unbranched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl radical having 2 to 22 carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. An “alkenyl” group has one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
The term “substituted” as used herein refers to an atom having one or more substitutions or substituents which can be the same or different and may include a hydrogen substituent. Thus, the terms alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkanoyl, and aryl, for example, refer to groups which can include substituted variations. Substituted variations include linear, branched, and cyclic variations, and groups having a substituent or substituents replacing one or more hydrogens attached to any carbon atom of the group.
In general, a compound may contain one or more chiral centers. Compounds containing one or more chiral centers may include those described as an “isomer,” a “stereoisomer,” a “diastereomer,” an “enantiomer,” an “optical isomer,” or as a “racemic mixture.” Conventions for stereochemical nomenclature, for example the stereoisomer naming rules of Cahn, Ingold and Prelog, as well as methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are known in the art. See, for example, Michael B. Smith and Jerry March, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th edition, 2001. The compounds and structures of this disclosure are meant to encompass all possible isomers, stereoisomers, diastereomers, enantiomers, and/or optical isomers that would be understood to exist for the specified compound or structure, including any mixture, racemic or otherwise, thereof.
This invention encompasses any and all tautomeric, solvated or unsolvated, hydrated or unhydrated forms, as well as any atom isotope forms of the compounds and compositions disclosed herein.
This invention encompasses any and all crystalline polymorphs or different crystalline forms of the compounds and compositions disclosed herein.
Abbreviations Used:
  • DMAP—4-N,N-Dimethylaminopyridine
  • DCM—Dichloromethane
  • TEA—Triethylamine
  • EDC—1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodimimde hydrochloride
  • Na2SO4—Sodium sulphate
  • EtOAc—Ethyl acetate
  • DMF—N,N-Dimethylformide
  • ELSD—Evaporating Light Scattering Detector
  • NaCl—Sodium chloride
  • K2CO3—Potassium carbonate
  • MeOH—Methanol
  • TFA—Trifluoroacetic acid
  • DIEA—N,N-Diisopropylethylamine
  • MgSO4— Magnesium sulphate
  • LCMS—Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
  • NaHCO3—Sodium bicarbonate
  • H2O—Water
  • HCl—Hydrochloride
  • KI—Potassium idoide
  • DMSO—Dimethyl sulfoxide
  • TBAF—tetra-N-Butylammonium fluoride
  • NaBH4—Sodium borohydride
  • THF—Tetrahydrofuran
  • TBDMS—tert-Butyldimethylsilyl
  • LiOH—Lithium hydroxide
  • MeI—Methyl iodide
  • BOC—tert-Butyloxycarbonyl
  • Fmoc—Fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl
EXAMPLES Example 1
A scheme for the preparation of Compound A6 is shown in FIG. 1.
Intermediate 1: Linoleic acid (50.0 g, 178.30 mmol), N-Boc-diethanolamine (18.3 g, 89.10 mmol), and DMAP (1.1 g, 8.90 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (1 L) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (400 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 minutes to a clear solution. EDC (35.9 g, 187.20 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (17 hours). The reaction was finally quenched with saturated NaCl aqueous solution (400 mL) and extracted with DCM twice (400 mL, 100 mL). Organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (20 g), and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 50 mL DCM and purified by flash chromatography purification system (330 g silica gel column) using a gradient of hexane for 5 min, then 0-20% EtOAc/hexane for 40 min under the flow rate at 100 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 1 (59 g, 91% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.32-5.33 (8H, m, CH═), 4.13-4.17 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.43-3.49 (4H, m, NCH2), 2.73-2.74 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.03-2.28 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.00-2.01 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.60-1.70 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.43 (9H, S, C(CH3)3), 1.28-1.31 (28H, m, CH2), 0.85-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Intermediate 2: Intermediate 1 (50.0 g, 68.50 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (1000 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (100 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 minutes to a clear solution. TFA (100 mL) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution (300 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×200 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (20 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily intermediate, which was then dissolved in anhydrous DCM (300 mL) and cooled down to 0° C. with an ice-water bath. Chloroacetyl chloride (6.0 mL, 75.30 mmol) followed by DIEA (14.3 mL, 82.20 mmol) were then added slowly at 0° C. After the addition was completed, the ice-water bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was concentrated using a rotavapor, washed with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution (300 mL), and extracted with DCM (300 mL, 200 mL). The combined organic layers were then dried over Na2SO4 (20 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 20 mL DCM and purified with a 330 g silica column using a gradient of hexane for 5 min, then 10% EtOAc/hexane for 20 min followed by 20% EtOAc/hexane for 20 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 2 (41.4 g, 82% yield) as a clear yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.35-5.33 (8H, m, CH═), 4.24-4.22 (4H, m, OCH2),4.14 (2H, s, CH2C1), 3.67-3.63 (4H, m, NCH2), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.30-2.29 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.03-2.05 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.60-1.56 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.33-1.29 (28H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound A6: Intermediate 2 (5.0 g, 7.07 mmol), KI (1.2 g, 7.07 mmol) and cis-3,4-dihydroxy-pyrrolidine hydrochloride (1.3 g, 9.20 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (200 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DMF (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 minutes to a clear solution. DIEA (3.0 mL, 9.91 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 2.5 hours. After removed the solvent by rotavapor under high vacuum, the residue was added with saturated NaHCO3 solution (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (100 mL, 50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (20 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified with a 120 g silica column using a gradient of hexane for 5 min, then 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 10 min followed by 50% EtOAc/hexane for 10 min, then with DCM for 5 min and followed by 5% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound A6 (3.5 g, 64% yield) as a yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.34-5.29 (8H, m, CH═), 4.22-4.20 (6H, m, OCH2, OCH), 3.59-3.49 (6H, m, NCH2, COCH2N), 2.95-2.74 (6H, m, ═CHCH2CH═, NCH2), 2.30-2.29 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.05-2.03 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.60 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.33-1.29 (28H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.88 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 2
A scheme for the preparation of Compound AB is shown in FIG. 2.
Intermediate 3: Intermediate 1 (10.0 g, 13.70 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (200 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (15 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 minutes to a clear solution. TFA (15 mL) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor. Residue was diluted with DCM (˜50 mL) and 10% K2CO3 (15 mL) was added and stirred for 10-15 minutes in an ice bath. pH of aqueous layer was checked to ensure pH>8. Mixture was then transferred to a separatory funnel & extracting with DCM (50 mL, 25 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily intermediate, which was then dissolved in anhydrous DCM (30 mL) and bromoacetyl bromide (1.2 mL, 13.70 mmol) followed by TEA (2.1 mL, 15.07 mmol) were then added slowly. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated using a rotavapor, washed with water (30 mL), and extracted with DCM (30 mL, 20 mL). The combined organic layers were then dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 20 mL DCM and purified with a 330 g silica column using a gradient of hexane for 0.5 min, then 0-20% EtOAc/hexane 30 min gradient followed by 30% EtOAc/hexane for 5 min under the flow rate at 130 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 3 (8.1 g, 79% yield) as a clear yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.35-5.33 (8H, m, CH═), 4.24-4.22 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.93 (2H, s, CH2Br), 3.69-3.61 (4H, m, NCH2), 2.78-2.74 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.32-2.28 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.06-2.02 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.62-1.60 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.36-1.26 (28H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound AB: Intermediate 3 (460 mg, 0.61 mmol) and 1-piperazinepropanol (89 mg, 0.61 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (100 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 minutes to a clear solution. TEA (103 μL, 0.74 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. After removed the solvent by a rotavapor under high vacuum, the residue was added with saturated 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (50 mL, 25 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system. Material directly loaded onto a 24 g silica column and using a gradient of DCM for 3 min, then 0-8% MeOH/DCM for 7 min followed by 8% MeOH/DCM for 20 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound AB (379 mg, 76% yield) as a yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.39-5.29 (8H, m, CH═), 4.22-4.21 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.74-3.71 (2H, m, CH2OH), 3.59-3.49 (4H, m, NCH2), 3.23 (2H, s, COCH2), 2.78-2.75 (2H, m, CH2CH2OH), 2.59-2.57 (8H, m, NCH2CH2N), 2.32-2.27 (4H, m, CHCH2CH), 2.05-2.03 (8H, m, ═CHCH2CH2), 1.60 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.33-1.29 (28H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.88 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 3
A scheme for the preparation of Compound A4 is shown in FIG. 3.
Intermediate 4: Myristic acid (50.0 g, 218.90 mmol), N-Boc-diethanolamine (21.4 g, 218.90 mmol), and DMAP (3.8 g, 65.70 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (1 L) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (300 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 minutes to a clear solution. EDC (44.0 g, 481.70 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (17 hours). The reaction was finally quenched with saturated NaCl solution (400 mL) and extracted with DCM twice (400 mL, 100 mL). Organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (20 g), and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 50 mL DCM and purified by flash chromatography purification system (330 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 5-50% EtOAc/hexane for 40 min under the flow rate at 100 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 4 (50.0 g, 71% yield) as a white solid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 4.14-4.17 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.44-3.50 (4H, m, NCH2), 2.27-2.30 (4H, m, CH2CO), 1.60-1.70 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.45 (9H, S, C(CH3)3), 1.20-1.25 (40H, m, CH2), 0.81-0.88 (6H, m, CH3).
Intermediate 5: Intermediate 4 (10.0 g, 16.00 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (200 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (15 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 minutes to a clear solution. TFA (15.0 mL) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution (100 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×100 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (20 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was then dissolved in anhydrous DCM (50 mL) and cooled down to 0° C. with an ice-water bath. Triethylamine (2.5 mL, 17.60 mmol) followed by bromoacetyl bromide (1.4 mL, 16.00 mmol) were then added slowly at 0° C. After the addition was completed, the ice-water bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was concentrated using a rotavapor. The crude was dissolved in 10 mL DCM and purified with a 220 g silica column using a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 40 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 5 (8.2 g, 79% yield) as a pale yellow solid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 4.23-4.24 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.93 (2H, s, ClCH2), 3.60-3.69 (4H, m, NCH2), 2.28-2.30 (4H, m, CH2CO), 1.57-1.59 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.24-1.27 (40H, m, CH2), 0.85-0.89 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound A4: Intermediate 5 (1.7 g, 2.57 mmol), (3S,4S)-dihydroxypyrrolidine (0.3 g, 2.57 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 minutes to a clear solution. Triethylamine (0.4 mL, 2.57 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). After removed the solvent by rotavapor under high vacuum, the residue was added with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (20 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound A4 (870 mg, 51% yield) as a white solid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 4.09-4.21 (6H, m, OCH2, OCH), 3.56-3.63 (6H, m, NCH2, COCH2N), 3.28-3.29 (2H, m, NCH2CH), 2.74-2.76 (2H, m, NCH2CH), 2.26-2.30 (4H, m, CH2CO), 1.59-1.60 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.24-1.27 (40H, m, CH2), 0.85-0.88 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 4
A scheme for the preparation of Compound B8 is shown in FIG. 4.
Compound B8: Intermediate 4 (1.0 g, 1.60 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (20 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (3 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 minutes to a clear solution. TFA (3 mL) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution (20 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×20 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (2 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an intermediate, which was then dissolved in anhydrous DCM (7 mL). Glutaric anhydride (0.3 g, 2.40 mmol) followed by triethylamine (0.3 mL, 2.40 mmol) were then added at ambient temperature. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). Next, the reaction mixture was concentrated using a rotavapor. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 20 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound B8 (667 mg, 65% yield) as a white solid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 4.18-4.23 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.59-3.62 (4H, m, NCH2), 2.44-2.49 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.29-2.31 (4H, m, CH2CO), 1.97-2.00 (4H, m, CH2CO), 1.57-1.62 (8H, m, CH2CH2CO, CH2), 1.26-1.31 (40H, m, CH2), 0.87-0.89 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 5
A scheme for the preparation of Compound A9 is shown in FIG. 5.
Compound A9: Intermediate 5 (2.4 g, 3.72 mmol), 3-azetidinemethanol hydrochloride (1.0 g, 8.09 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (20 mL) and DMSO (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 minutes to a clear solution. Triethylamine (1.6 mL, 11.12 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hours. The reaction was quenched with saturated 10% K2CO3 solution (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (20 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified with a 40 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound A9 (1.2 g, 49% yield) as a pale yellow solid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 4.18-4.21 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.76-3.77 (2H, m, CH2OH), 3.60-3.50 (4H, m, NCH2), 3.46-3.47 (2H, m, NCH2), 3.38 (2H, s, COCH2N), 3.25-3.26 (2H, m, NCH2), 2.64-2.70 (1H, m, CH), 2.28-2.31 (4H, m, CH2CO), 1.59 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.24-1.26 (40H, m, CH2), 0.85-0.87 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 6
A scheme for the preparation of Compound AA is shown in FIG. 6.
Compound AA: Intermediate 3 (460 mg, 0.61 mmol), 1-piperazinepropanol (88.5 mg, 0.61 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 minutes to a clear solution. Triethylamine (0.1 mL, 0.74 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). The reaction was quenched with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over MgSO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified with a 12 g silica column using a gradient of 0-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound AA (389 mg, 78% yield) as a colorless oil. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.29-5.34 (8H, m, CH═), 4.20-4.23 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.58-3.80 (6H, m, CH2OH, NCH2), 3.21 (2H, s, COCH2N), 2.75-2.78 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.35-2.65 (8H, m, NCH2), 2.27-2.31 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.02-2.06 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.70-1.73 (4H, m, CH2), 1.59-1.61 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.25-1.36 (28H, m, CH2), 0.87-0.90 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 7
A scheme for the preparation of Compound A5 is shown in FIG. 7.
Compound A5: Intermediate 3 (200 mg, 0.27 mmol), trans-3,4-pyrrolidinediol (28 mg, 0.27 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (10 mL) and DMSO (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 minutes to a clear solution. Triethylamine (50 mL, 0.32 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). The reaction was quenched with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over MgSO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified with a 12 g silica column using a gradient of EtOAc for 5 min and 0-30% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound A5 (389 mg, 78% yield) as a colorless liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.29-5.39 (8H, m, CH═), 4.20-4.25 (4H, m, OCH2), 4.10-4.11 (2H, m, CHOH), 3.55-3.62 (4H, m, NCH2, COCH2N), 3.28-3.31 (2H, m, NCH2), 2.75-2.76 (6H, m, NCH2, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.60 (2H, m, NCH2), 2.27-2.32 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.02-2.06 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.60-1.61 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.25-1.36 (28H, m, CH2), 0.87-0.90 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 8
A scheme for the preparation of Compound A1 is shown in FIG. 8.
Compound A1: Intermediate 3 (1.0 g, 1.33 mmol), 3-azetidinemethanol hydrochloride (0.3 g, 2.66 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (20 mL) and DMSO (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 minutes to a clear solution. Triethylamine (0.7 mL, 5.32 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). The reaction was quenched with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 10 min and 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 20 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound A1 (130 mg, 13% yield) as a pale yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.29-5.35 (8H, m, CH═), 4.18-4.21 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.40-3.77 (12H, m, CH2OH, CONCH2, NCH2, NCH2CO), 2.74-2.77 (5H, m, CH, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.28-2.30 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.04-2.05 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.60 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.24-1.26 (40H, m, CH2), 0.85-0.87 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 9
A scheme for the preparation of Compound D22 is shown in FIG. 9.
Intermediate 6: Intermediate 1 (11.4 g, 15.6 mol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (10 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 minutes to a clear solution. TFA (10.0 mL) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution (50 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×50 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily residue, which was then dissolved in anhydrous DCM (100 mL) and added Fmoc-Glu(OtBu)-OH (6.6 g, 15.60 mmol), EDC (4.5 g, 23.40 mmol) and DMAP (0.4 g, 3.10 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). Next day, the reaction mixture was washed with brine (100 mL), extracted with DCM (2×50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated by rotavapor. The crude was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified with a 220 g silica column using a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 50 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 6 (8.3 g, 47% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.75-7.76 (2H, d, J=6.4 Hz, ArH), 7.59 (2H, t, J=4.8 Hz, ArH), 7.38-7.41 (2H, m, ArH), 7.26-7.33 (2H, m, ArH), 5.62-5.64 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz, COCH2), 5.30-5.39 (8H, m, OCH2, ═CH), 4.76-4.79 (1H, m, COCH2), 4.11-4.41 (6H, m, CH, OCH2), 3.35-3.98 (6H, m, NCH2), 2.74-2.78 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.25-2.36 (8H, m, CH2, CH2CO), 2.00-2.06 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.54-1.77 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.45 (9H, s, O(CH3)3), 1.24-1.37 (28H, m, CH2), 0.87-0.90 (6H, m, CH3).
Intermediate 7: Intermediate 6 (4.3 g, 4.14 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (18 mL) in an oven-dried vial (100 mL) with a magnetic bar, followed by adding piperidine (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. Then solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified with a 80 g silica column using a gradient of 0-5% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 7 (2.1 g, 64% yield) as a clear liquid. LC-MS analysis has confirmed the product—m/z of [M+H]+=816.17.
Intermediate 8: To Intermediate 7 (2.1 g, 2.58 mol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous acetonitrile (30 mL), sodium cyanoborohydride (0.9 g, 1.48 mmol), formaldehyde (37% in water, 50 mL) and acetic acid (2 mL) in sequence. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then treated with 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduce pressure. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 40 g silica column using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 30 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 8 (1.4 g, 64% yield) as a clear liquid. LC-MS analysis has confirmed the product—m/z of [M+H]+=844.22.
Compound D22: Intermediate 8 (1.4 g, 1.66 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (10 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 minutes to a clear solution. TFA (10.0 mL) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated with a rotavapor. The crude was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 25 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Lp09 (200 mg, 15% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.30-5.39 (8H, m, OCH2, ═CH), 4.59-4.61 (1H, m, COCHN), 4.23-4.34 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.54-3.77 (4H, m, NCH2), 2.90 (6H, s, NCH3), 2.76 (4H, t, J=5.2 Hz, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.50-2.55 (2H, m, CH2CO), 2.31-2.34 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.22-2.27 (2H, m, CH2), 2.03-2.07 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.59-1.60 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.26-1.37 (28H, m, CH2), 0.88-0.90 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 10
A scheme for the preparation of Compounds A7 and A8 is shown in FIG. 10.
Intermediate 9: Intermediate 1 (1.0 g, 1.37 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (10 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 minutes to a clear solution. TFA (10.0 mL) was then added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution (50 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×50 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give Intermediate 9 as an oil, which was then used without further purification.
Intermediate 10: To 2-(dimethylamino)ethan-1-ol (0.1 mL, 1.39 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) was added 4-nitrophenyl carbonochloridate (0.3 g, 1.39 mmol) followed by DIEA (0.5 mL, 2.76 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours) to give the Intermediate 10 solution, which was used directly without further purification.
Compound A7: Intermediate 9 was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and transferred into solution of Intermediate 10 in a flask. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). Next day, the reaction mixture was concentrated using a rotavapor. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL of DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 10 min, 2-20% MeOH/DCM for 20 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound A7 (540 mg, 54% yield) as a clear yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.30-5.40 (8H, m, CH═), 4.20-4.40 (6H, m, OCH2), 3.45-3.55 (6H, m, NCH2), 2.75-2.78 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.25-2.30 (10H, m, NCH3, CH2CO), 2.03-2.05 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.56-1.60 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.29-1.33 (28H, m, CH2), 0.86-0.90 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound A8: Compound A7 (160 mg, 0.22 mmol) was added to methyl iodide (2 mL) in an oven-dried vial (20 mL) with a magnetic bar. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. Next, methyl iodide was removed under vacuum. The crude was dissolved in 1 mL DCM and purified with a 12 g silica column using a gradient of 2-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and performed iodide to chloride anion exchange using resin Amberst 26. The resulting solution was finally concentrated under reduced pressure to give Compound A8 (100 mg, 59% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.29-5.34 (8H, m, CH═), 4.60-4.65 (2H, m, OCH2), 4.10-4.20 (6H, m, NCH2, OCH2), 3.50-3.55 (13H, m, NCH3, NCH2), 2.75-2.78 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.25-2.30 (4H, m, CH2CO), 2.02-2.06 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.59-1.61 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.25-1.36 (28H, m, CH2), 0.87-0.90 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 11
A scheme for the preparation of Compounds C3 and C2 is shown in FIG. 11.
Intermediate 11: Boc-beta-H-Asp(OBz)-OH (35.0 g, 10.20 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (45 mL) in a round-bottomed flask flushed with Argon gas. 10% Pd/C (350 mg) was added and the flask was flushed with Argon gas once again. Next, all air was removed via vacuum pump and a balloon filled with hydrogen gas was attached. Reaction mixture was allowed to stir for ˜2 hours at ambient temperature. The hydrogen balloon was removed and the mixture was then filtered out Pd/C catalyst through a pad of celite, followed by rinsing with copious amounts of MeOH. The filtrate was finally concentrated by a rotovap to yield Intermediate 11 (2.5 g, 100% yield), which was used without further purification.
Intermediate 12: Intermediate 11 (2.5 g, 10.11 mmol), EDC (5.8 g, 30.30 mmol), and DMAP (494 mg, 4.04 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (200 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (50 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜5 minutes to a clear solution. Linoleyl alcohol (6.5 g, 24.20 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was finally quenched with H2O (50 mL) and extracted with DCM twice (2×50 mL). Organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude purified by flash chromatography purification system (80 g silica gel column) using a gradient of hexane for 2 min, then 0-25% EtOAc/hexane for 15 min, then 25% EtOAc/hexane for 5 min, then 75% EtOAc/hexane for 5 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 12 (7.0 g, 93% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.38-5.31 (8H, m, CH═), 4.28 (1H, bs, NH), 4.08-4.05 (4H, m, OCH2), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.69-2.59 (4H, m, COCH2N), 2.06-2.02 (4H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.62-1.58 (4H, m, CH2CH2O), 1.43 (9H, s, C(CH3)3), 1.35-1.26 (36H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Intermediate 13: Intermediate 12 (2.3 g, 3.09 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and cooled in an ice-bath. TFA (20 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for ˜1 hour under a blanket of argon gas. Afterwards, material was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and then 10% K2CO3 (20 mL) was added. After stirred the mixture in an ice bath for ˜½ hour, it was partitioned, checking the pH of the aqueous to ensure it was basic. The turbid aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers was added MgSO4, stirred once again in the ice bath for ˜20 minutes, and filtered. The filtrate, Intermediate 13, was then carried forward without any further refinement (2.0 g, assumed quantitative yield).
Compound C3: N,N-Dimethyl glycine HCl salt (260 mg, 1.86 mmol), EDC (447 mg, 2.33 mmol), and DMAP (38 mg, 0.31 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (15 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜5 minutes. Intermediate 13 (1.0 g, 1.55 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was finally quenched with H2O (50 mL) and extracted with DCM twice (2×50 mL). Organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude purified by flash chromatography purification system (40 g silica gel column) using a gradient of hexane for 1 min, then 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 25 min, then 50% EtOAc/hexane for 5 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Lp12 (890 mg, 79% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.76-7.74 (1H, d, NH), 5.40-5.30 (8H, m, CH═), 4.28 (1H, m, CHN), 4.08-4.05 (4H, m, OCH2), 2.92 (2H, s, COCH2N), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.732.62 (4H, m, COCH2N), 2.27 (6H, s, N(CH3)2), 2.06-2.02 (4H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.62-1.58 (4H, m, CH2CH2O), 1.43 (9H, s, C(CH3)3), 1.35-1.26 (36H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound C2: Compound C3 (890 mg, 1.22 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (9 mL) and iodomethane (1 mL) was added. Vial was flushed with argon gas and allowed to stir at 50° C. overnight. Next day, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography purification system (40 g silica gel column) using a gradient of DCM for 2 min, then 0-8% MeOH/DCM for 20 min, then 8% MeOH/DCM for 5 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated and subjected to Amberlyst A26 Anion Exchange resin to yield Compound C2 (623 mg, 66% yield) as oil. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 9.69-9.66 (1H, d, NH), 5.40-5.30 (8H, m, CH═), 4.67 (1H, m, CHN), 4.57 (2H, s, COCH2N), 4.08-4.05 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.43 (9H, s, N(CH3)3), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.73-2.62 (4H, m, COCH2N), 2.06-2.02 (4H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.62-1.58 (4H, m, CH2CH2O), 1.43 (9H, s, C(CH3)3), 1.35-1.26 (36H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 12
A scheme for the preparation of Compound DD is shown in FIG. 12.
Intermediate 14: Intermediate 12 (4.4 g, 5.93 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and cooled in an ice-bath. TFA (20 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for ˜1 hour under a blanket of Argon gas. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and then 10% K2CO3 (20 mL) was added. After stirred the mixture in an ice bath for ˜½ hour, it was partitioned, checking the pH of the aqueous to ensure it was basic. The turbid aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers was added MgSO4, stirred once again in the ice bath for ˜20 minutes, and filtered. The filtrate was then added diphosgene (1.1 mL, 8.90 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnight at ambient temperatures under a blanket of argon gas. Next day, DCM and excess diphosgene were removed in vacuo. The residue, Intermediate 14, was dried fully before carrying forward without any further refinement (4.6 g, assumed quantitative yield).
Compound DD: 2-(Dimethylamino) ethanethiol HCl salt (2.1 g, 14.90 mmol) was suspended in DCM (25 mL) and added to Intermediate 14 (2.3 g, 2.97 mmol) in DCM (25 mL). TEA (2.7 mL, 19.30 mmol) was added slowly to the mixture. Reaction was allowed to stir overnight at ambient temperature under a blanket of argon gas. Next day, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with H2O (100 mL) followed by 10% K2CO3 (100 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×40 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (80 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 10% EtOAc/hexane for 3 min, then 10-100% EtOAc/hexane for 15 min, then EtOAc for 5 minutes under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound DD (300 mg, 39% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 6.53-6.51 (1H, d, NH), 5.34-5.30 (8H, m, CH═), 4.57 (1H, m, CHN), 4.08-4.05 (4H, m, OCH2), 2.75-2.68 (2H, m, SCH2CH2), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CH—CH2CH═), 2.73-2.62 (4H, m, COCH2N), 2.30-2.25 (2H, m, SCH2CH2) 2.15 (6H, s, N(CH3)2), 2.06-2.02 (4H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.62-1.58 (4H, m, CH2CH2O), 1.43 (9H, s, C(CH3)3), 1.35-1.26 (36H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 13
A scheme for the preparation of Compound E4 is shown in FIG. 13.
Compound E4: Intermediate 14 (6.4 g, 8.22 mmol) was suspended in DCM (75 mL) in a round bottom flask (500 mL) with a magnetic stir bar. 2-(Dimethylamino) ethanol (4.1 mL, 41.1 mmol) followed by TEA (7.4 mL, 53.4 mmol) was added slowly to the mixture. Reaction was allowed to stir overnight at ambient temperature under a blanket of argon gas. Next day, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with H2O (100 mL) followed by 10% K2CO3 (100 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×40 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (80 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 10% EtOAc/hexane for 3 min, then 10-100% EtOAc/hexane for 15 min, then EtOAc for 5 minutes under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound E4 (3.3 g, 53% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 6.53-6.51 (1H, bs, NH), 5.40-5.20 (8H, m, CH═), 4.35 (1H, m, CHN), 4.20-4.10 (2H, m, COOCH2), 4.10-4.00 (4H, m, COOCH2), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.732.62 (4H, m, COCH2N), 2.60-2.50 (2H, m, OCH2CH2) 2.25 (6H, s, N(CH3)2), 2.06-2.02 (4H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.62-1.58 (4H, m, CH2CH2O), 1.43 (9H, s, C(CH3)3), 1.35-1.26 (36H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 14
A scheme for the preparation of Compound CA is shown in FIG. 14.
Intermediate 15: Intermediate 13 (1.0 g, 1.55 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (15 mL) and bromoacetyl bromide (135 μL, 1.55 mmol) followed by TEA (238 μL, 1.71 mmol) were then added slowly. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Next day, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with H2O (50 mL) and 10% K2CO3 (50 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×25 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified with a 40 g silica column on flash chromatography system equipped with ESLD detector using a gradient of hexane for 0.5 min, then 0-50% EtOAc/hexane 30 min gradient followed by 50% EtOAc/hexane for 5 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 15 (950 mg, 80% yield) as a colorless liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.44-7.42 (1H, bs, NH), 5.40-5.32 (8H, m, CH═), 4.62-4.57 (1H, m, CHN), 4.10-4.07 (4H, m, COOCH2), 3.83 (2H, s, CH2Br), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CH—CH2CH═), 2.73-2.62 (4H, m, COCH2N), 2.60-2.50 (2H, m, OCH2CH2) 2.25 (6H, s, N(CH3)2), 2.06-2.02 (4H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.62-1.58 (4H, m, CH2CH2O), 1.43 (9H, s, C(CH3)3), 1.35-1.26 (36H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound CA: Intermediate 16 (400 mg, 0.52 mmol) was suspended in DCM (10 mL) in a round bottom flask (50 mL) with a magnetic stir bar and 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine (70 μL, 0.58 mmol) followed by TEA (91 μL, 0.65 mmol) was added. Mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature under a blanket of argon gas. Next day, the mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL) and washed with H2O (25 mL) followed by 10% K2CO3 (25 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×25 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude purified by flash chromatography purification system (40 g silica gel column) using a DCM for 1 min, then 10% MeOH/DCM for 15 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound CA (400 mg, 94% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.82-7.80 (1H, bs, NH), 5.40-5.29 (8H, m, CH═), 4.61-4.57 (1H, m, CHN), 4.07-4.04 (4H, m, COOCH2), 3.63-3.61 (2H, m, CH2CH2OH), 2.97 (2H, s, COCH2N), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.73-2.62 (4H, m, COCH2N), 2.62-2.59 (2H, m, NCH2CH2OH), 2.59-2.50 (8H, m, N(CH3)2N), 2.06-2.02 (8H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.62-1.58 (4H, m, CH2CH2O), 1.35-1.26 (32H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 15
A scheme for the preparation of Compound D1 is shown in FIG. 15.
Compound D1: Intermediate 15 (500 mg, 0.653 mmol) was suspended in DCM (8.5 mL) in a scintillation vial with a magnetic stir bar. Cis-pyrrolidine-3,4-diol HCl salt (100 mg, 0.72 mmol) in DMSO (1 mL) was added followed by TEA (229 μL, 1.64 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature under a blanket of argon gas. Next day, the mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL) and washed with H2O (25 mL) followed by 10% K2CO3 (25 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×10 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (40 g silica gel column) using a DCM for 1 min, then 10% MeOH/DCM for 15 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound D1 (437 mg, 87% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.82-7.80 (1H, bs, NH), 5.40-5.29 (8H, m, CH═), 4.61-4.57 (1H, m, CHN), 4.07-4.04 (4H, m, COOCH2), 3.63-3.61 (2H, m, CH2CH2OH), 3.10 (2H, s, CH2CHOH), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.73-2.62 (4H, m, COCH2N), 2.62-2.58 (4H, m, N(CH2)2CHOH), 2.06-2.02 (8H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.62-1.58 (4H, m, CH2CH2O), 1.35-1.29 (32H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 16
A scheme for the preparation of Compound D7 is shown in FIG. 16.
Compound D7: Intermediate 15 (750 mg, 0.98 mmol) was suspended in DCM (10 mL) in a round bottom flask (50 mL) with a magnetic stir bar and Azetidine-3-yl-methanol HCl salt (149 mg, 1.18 mmol) was added followed by TEA (341 μL, 2.45 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature under a blanket of argon gas. Next day, the mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL) and washed with H2O (25 mL) followed by 10% K2CO3 (25 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×10 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude purified by flash chromatography purification system (40 g silica gel column) using a DCM for 2 min, then 10% MeOH/DCM for 20 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound D7 (350 mg, 46% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.71-7.68 (1H, bs, NH), 5.35-5.33 (8H, m, CH═), 4.57-4.55 (1H, m, CHN), 4.07-4.04 (4H, m, COOCH2), 3.77 (2H, s, COCH2N), 3.38-3.35 (2H, m, CHCH2OH), 3.20-3.00 (4H, m, N(CH3)2CH), 2.78-2.75 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.73-2.62 (4H, m, COCH2N), 2.06-2.02 (8H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.62-1.58 (4H, m, CH2CH2O), 1.35-1.26 (32H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 17
A scheme for the preparation of Compound F6 is shown in FIG. 17.
Intermediate 16: N,N-Dimethyl-1,4-butane-diamine (1.0 g, 8.60 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (15 mL). Mixture was placed in an ice-bath and (tert-butyl)-dimetholsiloxy)-acetaldehyde (1.7 mL, 9.03 mmol) was added and stirred for 1 hour. NaBH4 (522 mg, 13.8 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred for another hour 0° C. Next, the reaction was quenched with H2O (1 mL) and concentrated in vacuo to yield Intermediate 16. The material was carried forward with any further refinement (2.4 g, assumed quantitative yield).
Intermediate 17: Linoleic acid (1.2 g, 4.37 mmol), EDC (1.1 g, 5.46 mmol), and DMAP (89 mg, 0.73 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (15 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜5 minutes to a clear solution. Intermediate 16 (1.0 g, 3.64 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was finally quenched with H2O (50 mL) and extracted with DCM twice (2×50 mL). Organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of DCM for 1 min, then 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 2 min, then 10% MeOH/DCM for 7 min, then 10-30% MeOH/DCM for 2 min, then 30% MeOH/DCM for 7 min under the flow rate at 35 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 17 (460 mg, 24% yield) as a clear liquid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step.
Intermediate 18: 1.0M TBAF/THF (2.6 mL, 2.57 mmol) was added to Intermediate 17 (460 mg, 0.86 mmol) dissolved in THF (5 mL) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar and the mixture was allowed to stir at ambient temperature overnight under a blanket of argon gas. Next day, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and carried forward without any further purification (361 mg, assumed quantitative yield). The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step.
Compound F6: Linoleic acid (289 mg, 1.0 mmol), EDC (247 mg, 1.29 mmol), and DMAP (21 mg, 0.171 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜5 minutes to a clear solution. Intermediate 18 (361 mg, 0.86 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Next day, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with H2O (50 mL) followed by 10% K2CO3 (50 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×20 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (80 g silica gel column) using a gradient of hexane for 2 min, then 0-25% EtOAc/hexane for 15 min, then 25% EtOAc/hexane for 5 min, then 75% EtOAc/hexane for 5 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound F6 (385 mg, 65% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.40-5.30 (8H, m, CH═), 4.20-4.17 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.56-3.50 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.38-3.27 (2H, m, CO NCH2), 2.77-2.75 (2H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.66-2.56 (4H, m, N(CH3)2CH2), 2.40-2.27 (10H, m, COCH2, & N(CH3)2), 2.06-2.02 (8H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.85-1.58 (8H, m, CH2CH2CO & NCH2(CH2)2CH2N), 1.36-1.26 (28H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 18
A scheme for the preparation of Compounds F5 and F7 is shown in FIG. 18.
Intermediate 19: 3-(Dimethylamino)-1-propylamine (4.4 mL, 30.50 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (20 mL). Mixture was placed in an ice-bath and (tert-butyl-dimethylsilyl)acetaldehyde (6.1 mL, 32.00 mmol) was added allowed to stir for 1 hour. NaBH4 (1.9 g, 48.79 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred for another hour at 0° C. Next, the reaction was quenched with H2O (5 mL), filtered out precipitate, and concentrated in vacuo to yield Intermediate 19. Material was carried forward with any further refinement (8.1 g, assumed quantitative yield).
Intermediate 20: Linoleic Acid (10.4 g, 37.10 mmol), EDC (8.9 g, 46.42 mmol), and DMAP (755 mg, 6.22 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (200 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (50 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜5 minutes to a clear solution. Intermediate 19 (8.1 g, 30.91 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Next day, diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with H2O (50 mL) followed by 10% K2CO3 (50 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×25 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude purified by flash chromatography purification system (330 g silica gel column) using a gradient of DCM for 5 min, then 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 25 min, then 10% MeOH/DCM for 15 min under the flow rate at 200 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 20 (9.8 g, 60% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.37-5.29 (4H, m, CH═), 3.75-3.67 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.46-3.35 (4H, m, CONCH2), 2.77-2.74 (2H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.36-2.23 (4H, m, COCH2 & (CH3)2NCH2), 2.21-2.20 (6H, d, (CH3)2N), 2.04-2.00 (4H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.71-1.59 (2H, m, NCH2CH2CH2N), 1.36-1.26 (14H, m, CH2), 0.89-0.86 (12H, s, SiC(CH3)3 & CH3), 0.36-0.28 (6H, m, Si(CH3)2).
Intermediate 21: 1.0 M TBAF/THF (55.2 mL, 55.21 mmol) was added to Intermediate 20 (9.6 g, 18.43 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar and allowed to stir for three hours under a blanket of argon gas. Then, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and carried forward with any further refinement (7.5 g, assumed quantitative yield). The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step.
Compound F5: Linoleic Acid (6.2 g, 22.13 mmol), EDC (5.3 g, 27.64 mmol), and DMAP (450 mg, 3.68 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜5 minutes to a clear solution. Intermediate 21 (7.5 g, 18.42 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Next day, diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with H2O (50 mL) flowed by 10% K2CO3 (50 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×40 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude purified by flash chromatography purification system (330 g silica gel column) using a gradient of DCM for 10 min, then 0-5% MeOH/DCM for 5 min, then 5% MeOH/DCM for 15 min, then 5-20% MeOH/DCM for 10 min, then 20% MeOH/DCM for 2 minutes under the flow rate at 200 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound F5 (8.0 g, 65% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.40-5.20 (8H, m, CH═), 4.20-4.17 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.90-4.10 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.50-3.60 (2H, m, CONCH2), 2.77-2.75 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.40-2.10 (14H, m, CH2CH2CH & N(CH3)2), 2.10-1.90 (8H, m, COCH2, & N(CH2)& OCOCH2CH2), 2.06-2.02 (4H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.80-1.50 (4H, m, NCH2CH2CH2N & NCOCH2CH2), 1.40-1.00 (28H, m, CH2), 0.99-0.71 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound F7: Compound F5 (6.1 g, 9.04 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (18 mL) and methyl iodide (2 mL) was added. Vial was flushed with argon gas and the mixture was allowed to stir at 40° C. for 4 hours. Afterwards, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography with loading the crude oil directly onto 120 g silica gel column and using a gradient of DCM for 2 min, then 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 10 min, then 10% MeOH/DCM for 5 min, then 10-15% MeOH/DCM for 5 min, then 15% MeOH/DCM for 5 min under the flow rate at 85 mL/min. The product fractions were collected, concentrated, and subjected to Amberlyst A26 Anion Exchange resin to yield Compound F7 (3.2 g, 50% yield) as oil. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.40-5.20 (8H, m, CH═), 4.30-4.20 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.80-3.60 (4H, m, NCH2CH2O & CONCH2), 3.68-3.39 (9H, m, N(CH3)3), 2.77-2.73 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.40-2.30 (2H, m, COCH2), 2.30-2.20 (2H, m, (CH3)2NCH2), 2.20-1.10 (2H, m, OCOCH2CH2), 2.10-1.90 (8H, m, CH2CH2CH), 1.70-1.50 (4H, m, NCH2CH2CH2N & NCOCH2CH2), 1.40-1.10 (28H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.85 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 19
A scheme for the preparation of Compounds F8 and F9 is shown in FIG. 19.
Intermediate 22: Myristic Acid (2.0 g, 8.82 mmol), EDC (2.1 g, 11.02 mmol), and DMAP (180 mg, 1.47 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜5 minutes to a clear solution. Intermediate 19 (1.9 g, 7.35 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Next day, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with H2O (50 mL) flowed by 10% K2CO3 (50 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×25 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (80 g silica gel column) using a gradient of DCM for 1 min, then 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 15 min, then 10% MeOH/DCM for 5 min, then 30% MeOH/DCM for 5 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 22 (1.5 g, 39% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 3.75-3.67 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.44-3.35 (4H, m, CONCH2), 2.36-2.21 (4H, m, COCH2 & (CH3)2NCH2), 2.26-2.21 (6H, d, (CH3)2N), 1.71-1.59 (2H, m, NCH2CH2CH2N), 1.63-1.59 (2H, m, COCH2CH2), 1.28-1.24 (20H, m, CH2), 0.88-0.85 (12H, m, SiC(CH3)3 & CH3), 0.38-0.30 (6H, m, Si(CH3)2).
Intermediate 23: 1.0 M TBAF/THF (6.4 mL, 6.36 mmol) was added to Intermediate 22 (1.0 g, 2.12 mmol) dissolved in THF (5 mL) in an oven-dried flask (25 mL) with a magnetic bar and allowed to stir for three hours under a blanket of argon gas. Then, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and carried forward with any further refinement (728 mg, assumed quantitative yield). The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step.
Compound F8: Linoleic Acid (659 mg, 2.35 mmol), EDC (631 mg, 3.29 mmol), and DMAP (54 mg, 0.44 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (25 mL) with a magnetic bar was added anhydrous DCM (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for ˜5 minutes to a clear solution. Intermediate 23 (781 mg, 2.19 mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Next day, diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with H2O (50 mL) followed by 10% K2CO3 (50 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×40 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (80 g silica gel column) using a gradient of DCM for 1 min, then 0-30% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound F8 (225 mg, 68% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 4.20-4.15 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.57-3.54 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.40-3.33 (4H, m, CONCH2), 2.42-2.21 (12H, m, CH2CH2CH & CH2N(CH3)2), 1.80-1.71 (2H, m, NCH2CH2CH2N), 1.70-1.58 (4H, m, COCH2CH2), 1.29-1.15 (20H, m, CH2), 0.93-0.86 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound F9: Compound F8 (620 mg, 1.09 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (9 mL) and methyl iodide (1 mL) was added. The vial was flushed with argon gas and allowed to stir at 40° C. for 4 hours. Afterwards, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography with loading the crude oil directly onto 24 g silica gel column and using a gradient of DCM for 1 min, then 0-25% MeOH/DCM for 25 min under the flow rate at 32 mL/min. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and subjected to Amberlyst A26 Anion Exchange resin to yield Compound F9 (325 mg, 48% yield) as a clear oil. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 4.21-4.19 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.86-3.81 (2H, m, NCH2CH2O), 3.47-3.44 (2H, m, CONCH2), 3.41 (9H, s, N(CH3)3), 2.38-2.35 (2H, m, CH2N(CH3)3), 2.28-2.25 (2H, m, NCH2CH2CH2N), 2.13-2.08 (2H, m, NCOCH2CH2N), 1.58-1.56 (4H, m, COCH2CH2), 1.29-1.17 (44H, m, CH2), 0.87-0.85 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 20
A scheme for the preparation of Compounds C25 and C24 is shown in FIG. 20.
Intermediate 24: To Fmoc-Dap(Boc).H2O (10.0 g, 22.50 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (250 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (100 mL), linoleic acid (7.7 mL, 24.79 mmol), EDC (6.5 g, 33.80 mmol), and DMAP (0.6 g, 4.52 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in 5 mL DCM and purified by flash chromatography purification system (220 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 24 (15.2 g, 100% yield) as a clear liquid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=675.98.
Intermediate 25: To intermediate 24 (3.0 g, 4.44 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous acetonitrile (20 mL) and piperidine (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 40 g silica column using a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 10 min, 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 20 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 25 (1.3 g, 65% yield) as a clear yellow liquid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=453.82.
Intermediate 26: To intermediate 25 (1.3 g, 2.87 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (30 mL), linoleic acid (0.9 mL, 2.87 mmol), EDC (0.7 g, 3.44 mmol), and DMAP (0.1 g, 0.57 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in 2 mL DCM, and purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-20% EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 26 (2.0 g, 97% yield) as a clear liquid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=716.16.
Compound C25: To Intermediate 26 (2.0 g, 2.80 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (20 mL) and TFA (4 mL) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution (50 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×50 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily residue, which was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) and added DMA-Gly-OH.HCl (0.5 g, 3.37 mmol), EDC.HCL (0.8 g, 4.22 mmol), DMAP (0.2 g, 1.64 mmol), and TEA (0.2 mL, 1.50 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2.5 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was washed with 10% aqueous K2CO3 solution (50 mL), extracted with DCM (2×50 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated by rotavapor. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 40 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound C25 (1.5 g, 76.6% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.50 (1H, bs, NH), 6.75 (1H, bs, NH), 5.33-5.35 (8H, m, CH═), 4.60-4.65 (1H, m, COCHN), 4.10-4.15 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.70-3.75 (2H, m, NCH2), 2.90 (2H, s, NCH2), 2.74-2.76 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.25 (6H, s, NCH3), 2.23-2.24 (2H, m, CH2CO), 2.03-2.04 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.65-1.66 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.29-1.31 (30H, m, CH2), 0.86-0.88 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound C24: Compound C25 (1.5 g, 2.14 mmol) was added to methyl iodide (2 mL) in an oven-dried vial (20 mL) with a magnetic bar. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). Next, the excess reagent was removed under vacuum. The crude was dissolved in 1 mL DCM and purified with a 40 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 30 mL/min. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and subjected to Amberlyst A26 Anion Exchange resin to yield Compound C24 (1.6 g, 96% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.80 (1H, bs, NH), 6.90 (1H, bs, NH), 5.33-5.35 (8H, m, CH═), 4.80-4.85 (2H, m, COCH2N), 4.25-4.26 (1H, m, COCHN), 4.10-4.18 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.80-3.81 (1H, m, NCH2), 3.60-3.61 (1H, m, NCH2), 3.45 (9H, s, NCH3), 2.74-2.76 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.37-2.38 (2H, m, CH2CO), 2.03-2.04 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.65-1.66 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.29-1.31 (30H, m, CH2), 0.86-0.88 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 21
A scheme for the preparation of Compound D16 is shown in FIG. 21.
Intermediate 27: To intermediate 26 (10.3 g, 14.44 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (20 mL) and TFA (4 mL) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution (50 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×50 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily residue, which was then dissolved in anhydrous DCM (30 mL) and added bromoacetyl bromide (1.3 mL, 14.44 mmol), and TEA (2.2 mL, 15.85 mmol) slowly in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2.5 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was concentrated by rotavapor. The crude was dissolved in 10 mL DCM and purified with a 220 g silica column using a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 60 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 27 (8.0 g, 76% yield) as a clear liquid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=736.03.
Compound D16: Intermediate 27 (1.0 g, 1.36 mmol) was added to anhydrous DCM (20 mL) with DMSO (1 mL) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar. Then were added cis-pyrrolidine-3,4-diol hydrochloride (cDHP.HCL) (0.3 g, 2.03 mmol) and TEA (0.5 mL, 3.41 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. After removed the solvent by rotavapor under vacuum, the residue was treated with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (10 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound D16 (0.8 g, 78% yield) as a yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.264 (1H, bs, NH), 6.71 (1H, d, J=5.2 Hz, NH), 5.34-5.37 (8H, m, CH═), 4.60-4.70 (1H, m, COCHN), 4.15-4.24 (4H, m, OCH2, OCH), 3.83-3.86 (1H, m, COCH2N), 3.36-3.40 (1H, m, COCH2N), 3.16 (2H, bs, COCH2N), 3.09 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz, NCH2), 2.92 (1H, d, J=8.4 Hz, NCH2), 2.77-2.93 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.61 (2H, bs, NCH2), 2.28-2.31 (2H, m, CH2CO), 2.03-2.07 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.64-1.67 (4H, m, CH2CH2CO), 1.30-1.37 (30H, m, CH2), 0.87-0.90 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 22
A scheme for the preparation of Compound D17 is shown in FIG. 22.
Compound D17: Intermediate 27 (1.0 g, 1.36 mmol) was added to anhydrous DCM (20 mL) with DMSO (1 mL) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar. Then were added trans-pyrrolidine-3,4-diol hydrochloride (tDHP.HCL) (0.3 g, 2.03 mmol), and TEA (0.5 mL, 3.41 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. After removed the solvent by rotavapor under vacuum, the residue was treated with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (10 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound D17 (1.1 g, 100% yield) as a yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.23 (1H, bs, NH), 6.68 (1H, d, J=5.2 Hz, NH), 5.30-5.37 (8H, m, CH═), 4.64-4.67 (1H, m, COCHN), 4.12-4.18 (4H, m, OCH2, OCH), 3.91-3.94 (1H, m, COCH2N), 3.17-3.31 (3H, m, COCH2N), 3.09-3.12 (2H, m, CH2OH), 2.76-2.78 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.67-2.71 (2H, m, CH2OH), 2.25-2.28 (2H, m, CH2CO), 2.03-2.07 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.63-1.77 (4H, m, OCH2CH2), CH2CH2CO), 1.27-1.37 (30H, m, CH2), 0.87-0.90 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 23
A scheme for the preparation of Compound D18 is shown in FIG. 23.
Compound D18: Intermediate 27 (1.0 g, 1.36 mmol) was added to anhydrous DCM (20 mL) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar. Then were added 1-(2-hydroxy)ethylpiperazine (0.2 mL, 1.63 mmol) and TEA (0.2 mL, 1.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. After removed the solvent by rotavapor under vacuum, the residue was treated with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (10 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound D18 (0.9 g, 84% yield) as a yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.48-7.50 (1H, m, NH), 6.68-6.70 (1H, s, NH), 5.29-5.35 (8H, m, CH═), 4.59-4.62 (1H, m, COCHN), 4.10-4.12 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.59-3.66 (4H, m, CH2OH, COCH2N), 2.99 (2H, s, COCH2N), 2.75-2.76 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.53-2.55 (10H, m, CH2N), 2.20-2.21 (2H, m, CH2CO), 2.03-2.05 (8H, m, ═CH—CH2), 1.61-1.63 (4H, m, OCH2CH2), CH2CH2CO), 1.29-1.30 (30H, m, CH2), 0.86-0.89 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 24
A scheme for the preparation of Compound D19 is shown in FIG. 24.
Compound D19: Intermediate 27 (1.0 g, 1.36 mmol) was added to anhydrous DCM (20 mL) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar. Then were added 1-(2-hydroxy)propylpiperazine (HPPip) (0.2 mL, 1.63 mmol) and TEA (0.2 mL, 1.50 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. After removed the solvent by rotavapor under vacuum, the residue was treated with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (10 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound D19 (0.9 g, 84% yield) as a yellow liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.48-7.50 (1H, m, NH), 6.68-6.70 (1H, s, NH), 5.29-5.35 (8H, m, CH═), 4.59-4.62 (1H, m, COCHN), 4.10-4.12 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.59-3.66 (4H, m, CH2OH, COCH2N), 2.99 (2H, s, COCH2N), 2.75-2.76 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.53-2.55 (10H, m, CH2N), 2.20-2.21 (2H, m, CH2CO), 2.03-2.05 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.61-1.63 (4H, m, OCH2CH2), CH2CH2CO), 1.29-1.30 (30H, m, CH2), 0.86-0.89 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 25
A scheme for the preparation of Compound D20 is shown in FIG. 25.
Intermediate 28: To N,N-dimethylglycine hydrochloride (0.6 g, 3.94 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (20 mL), H-Dap(Boc)-OMe.HCl (1.0 g, 3.94 mmol), EDC (1.0 g, 4.73 mmol), and DMAP (0.1 g, 0.80 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 2-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 28 (1.0 g, 84% yield) as a white solid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=304.51.
Intermediate 29: To Intermediate 28 (1.0 g, 3.30 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar were added methanol (10 mL) and LiOH (87 mg, 3.60 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was concentrated to deliver crude Intermediate 29 for next step without purification. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=209.44.
Intermediate 30: To crude Intermediate 29 (˜1.1 g, ˜2.87 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (20 mL), linoleic acid (1.1 mL, 3.60 mmol), EDC (0.9 g, 4.80 mmol), and DMAP (0.1 g, 0.64 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 30 (22 mg, 13% yield) as a clear liquid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=538.84.
Compound D20: To Intermediate 30 (220 mg, 0.41 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (15 mL) and TFA (1 mL) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution (50 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×50 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily residue, which was then dissolved in anhydrous DCM (30 mL) and added anhydrous DCM (20 mL), linoleic acid (0.2 mL, 0.49 mmol), EDC (118 mg, 0.62 mmol), and DMAP (10 mg, 0.08 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% K2CO3 aqueous solution (50 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×50 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was finally purified with a 12 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound D20 (140 mg, 49% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 7.90 (1H, bs, NH), 6.10 (1H, bs, NH), 5.60-5.70 (8H, m, CH═), 4.65 (1H, bs, COCHN), 4.20-4.25 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.58-3.71 (2H, m, CH2N), 2.90-2.91 (2H, m, COCH2N), 2.75-2.76 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH2), 2.30 (6H, s, NCH3), 2.10-2.11 (2H, m, COCH2), 2.0-2.1 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.54-1.69 (4H, m, OCH2CH2), CH2CH2CO), 1.10-1.30 (30H, m, CH2), 0.80-0.82 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 26
A scheme for the preparation of Compound D21 is shown in FIG. 26.
Compound D21: To (2R)-3-(((2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)(hydroxy)phosphoryl)oxy)propane-1,2-diyl dioleate (450 mg, 0.58 mmol) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (8 mL), 2-Methoxyethoxymethyl chloride (133 mL, 1.16 mmol) and potassium carbonate (332 mg, 2.32 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for one week. The reaction mixture was filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure, which was purified with a 12 g silica column using a gradient of 0-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 20 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound D21 (150 mg, 30% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 75.29-5.33 (8H, m, CH═), 5.20 (1H, bs, OCH), 4.92 (2H, s, OCH2O), 4.31-4.40 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.98-4.04 (4H, m, OCH2), 3.70-3.71 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.56-3.57 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.36 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.24 (6H, s, NCH3), 2.27-2.90 (2H, m, COCH2), 1.99-2.00 (8H, m, ═CHCH2), 1.54-1.69 (4H, m, COCH2CH2), 1.20-1.30 (40H, m, CH2), 0.85-0.88 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 27
A scheme for the preparation of Compound E37 is shown in FIG. 27.
Intermediate 31: To 1-(tert-butyl)-2-methyl (2S,4R)-4-aminopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate hydrochloride (2.0 g, 7.12 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (25 mL), 3-(dimethylamino)-propanoic acid (1.3 g, 8.55 mmol), 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium-3-oxid-hexafluorophosphate (4.1 g, 10.68 mmol), and DIEA (2.6 mL, 14.96 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 31 (1.5 g, 85% yield) as a clear oil. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=344.57.
Intermediate 32: To Intermediate 31 (1.5 g, 4.25 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar were added lithium hydroxide (1.2 mg, 5.10 mmol), water (5 mL) and MeOH (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Next solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the wet material was dried via lyophilization to give a crude Intermediate 32 (1.3 g, 95% yield) as a white solid, which was used without further purification. The crude was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=330.00.
Intermediate 33: To Intermediate 32 (1.3 g, 3.95 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DMF (20 mL), linoleyl alcohol (1.4 g, 5.14 mmol), EDC (1.5 g, 7.90 mmol), and DMAP (0.5 g, 3.95 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 33 (1.9 g, 85% yield) as a clear oil. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=578.91.
Intermediate 34: To Intermediate 33 (1.9 g, 3.33 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (25 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (10 mL) and TFA (2 mL) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% Na2CO3 solution (20 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×20 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily Intermediate 34 (1.5 g, 92% yield) which was used for the next step without further purification. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=478.82.
Compound E37: To Intermediate 34 (1.5 g, 3.14 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DMF (10 mL), linoleic acid (1.3 g, 4.71 mmol), and 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxid-hexafluorophosphate (2.3 g, 6.28 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound E37 (2.0 g, 92% yield) as a clear oil. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 8.0 (1H, bs, NH) 5.54-5.25 (8H, m, CH═), 4.65-4.29 (2H, m, NHCH, NCHCO), 4.30-3.90 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.80-3.62 (2H, m, NCH2CHNH—), 3.60-3.45 (2H, m, (CH3)2NCH2), 2.84 (6H, s, N(CH3)2), 2.80-2.60 (6H, m, CH2), 2.40-1.90 (12H, m, CH2CONH, CH2CH═), 1.65-1.48 (4H, m, CH2), 1.45-1.20 (30H, m, CH2), 0.86-0.85 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 28
A scheme for the preparation of Compounds E38 and E39 is shown in FIG. 28.
Intermediate 35: To 1-(tert-butyl)-2-methyl (2S,4R)-4-aminopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate hydrochloride (5.0 g, 17.81 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (25 mL), 3-(dimethylamino)butanoic acid (3.6 g, 21.37 mmol), EDC (6.8 g, 35.62 mmol), DMAP (2.2 g, 17.81 mmol), and DIEA (8.1 g, 62.34 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (25 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (120 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 35 (6.1 g, 80% yield) as a clear oil. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=358.59.
Intermediate 36: To Intermediate 35 (6.1 g, 17.03 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar were added lithium hydroxide (0.5 g, 20.44 mmol), water (5 mL) and MeOH (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Next solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the wet material was dried via lyophilization to give a crude Intermediate 36 (5.6 g, 95% yield) as a white solid, which was used without further purification. The crude was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=344.55.
Intermediate 37: To Intermediate 36 (2.8 g, 8.11 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DMF (10 mL), linoley alcohol (2.6 g, 9.73 mmol), and 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxid-hexafluorophosphate (4.6 g, 12.16 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 37 (3.9 g, 82% yield) as a white solid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=592.91.
Intermediate 38: To Intermediate 37 (1.4 g, 2.31 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (25 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (20 mL) and TFA (5 mL) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% Na2CO3 solution (20 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×20 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a light yellow oily Intermediate 38 (580 mg, 51% yield) which was used for the next step without further purification. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=492.81.
Compound E38: To Intermediate 38 (580 mg, 1.18 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DMF (5 mL), linoleic acid (460 mg, 1.53 mmol), and 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxid-hexafluorophosphate (898 mg, 2.36 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (24 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound E38 (750 mg, 95% yield) as a clear oil. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.45-5.25 (8H, m, CH═), 4.70-4.29 (2H, m, NHCH, NCHCO), 4.20-4.00 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.90-3.78 (2H, m, NCH2CHNH—), 3.75-3.62 (2H, m, Me2NCH2), 2.84 (6H, s, N (CH3)2), 2.90-2.70 (4H, m, CH2), 2.60-2.55 (2H, m, CH2), 2.10-1.90 (12H, m, CH2CONH, CH2CH═), 1.65-1.40 (6H, m, CH2), 1.40-1.20 (30H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.80 (6H, m, CH3).
Compound E39: Compound E38 (350 mg, 0.46 mmol) was added to methyl iodide (2 mL) in an oven-dried vial (20 mL) with a magnetic bar. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight (17 hours). Next, the excess reagent was removed under vacuum. The crude was dissolved in 1 mL DCM and purified with a 40 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 30 mL/min. The product fractions were combined, concentrated, and subjected to Amberlyst A26 Anion Exchange resin to yield Compound E39 (165 mg, 82% yield) as a clear liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.45-5.25 (8H, m, CH═), 4.70-4.35 (2H, m, NHCH, NCHCO), 4.20-4.00 (2H, m, OCH2), 3.90-3.40 (4H, m, NCH2CH2CH2CO—, NCH2CHNH—), 3.30 (9H, s, N+(CH3)3), 2.85-2.70 (4H, m, CH2), 2.60-2.45 (2H, m, CH2), 2.45-2.10 (8H, m, CH2CH2CH═), 2.10-2.00 (6H, m, CH2), 1.70-1.40 (4H, m, CH2), 1.40-1.20 (30H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.70 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 29
A scheme for the preparation of Compound E40 is shown in FIG. 29.
Intermediate 39: To (2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (5.0 g, 21.62 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous acetonitrile (500 mL), TBDPS-Cl (11.9 g, 43.24 mmol) and 1,8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene (11.5 g, 75.67 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was refluxed at 50° C. for 4 hours. Then, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 0.2 N HCl (50 mL), extracted with DCM (2×50 mL), dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (330 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-5% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 39 (9.9 g, 97% yield) as a clear oil. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=470.49.
Intermediate 40: To Intermediate 39 (9.9 g, 21.29 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (250 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (100 mL), linoleyl alcohol (6.8 g, 25.55 mmol), EDC (8.2 g, 42.58 mmol), and DMAP (1.3 g, 10.65 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (330 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 40 (12.8 g, 98% yield) as a white solid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=718.75.
Intermediate 41: To Intermediate 40 (5.8 g, 6.96 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar were added 4 N HCl in 1,4-dioxane solution (20 mL). The mixture was then stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to gain a clear oil, which was then dissolved in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) and added linoleic acid (2.3 g, 8.36 mmol), EDC (2.0 g, 10.45 mmol), and DMAP (0.6 g, 4.87 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (25 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (330 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 41 (5.8 g, 94% yield) as a colorless oil. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=880.91.
Intermediate 42: To Intermediate 41 (5.8 g, 6.58 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (250 mL) with a magnetic bar were added THF (100 mL) and triethylamine trihydrofluoride (10.6 g, 65.8 mmol) sequentially. The mixture was then stirred at ambient temperature for 17 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (120 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-30% EtOAc/hexane for 10 min then 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 20 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 42 (4.3 g, 78% yield) as a colorless oil. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=642.91.
Intermediate 43: To Intermediate 42 (2.3 g, 7.16 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar were added DCM (10 mL), 2-bromoacetyl bromide (0.9 g, 4.66 mmol) and TEA (0.7 g, 7.16 mmol) sequentially. The mixture was then stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (120 g silica gel column) using a gradient of 0-30% EtOAc/hexane for 10 min then 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 20 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 43 (2.4 g, 82% yield) as a colorless oil. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=764.74.
Compound E40: Intermediate 43 (300 mg, 0.39 mmol) was added to anhydrous DCM (5 mL) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar. Then 3-azetidinemethanol hydrochloride (97 mg, 0.79 mmol) and TEA (0.2 mL, 1.18 mmol) were added in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 17 hours. After removed the solvent by rotavapor under vacuum, the residue was treated with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (10 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-15% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound E40 (196 mg, 65% yield) as a yellow liquid. The lipid's identity was confirmed with LC-MS analysis—m/z of [M+H]+=769.17.
Example 30
A scheme for the preparation of Compound A23 is shown in FIG. 30.
Intermediate 44: To O-benzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-serine (3.0 g, 10.16 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (40 mL), myristic amine (2.4 g, 11.17 mmol), EDC (2.9 g, 15.24 mmol), and DMAP (0.6 g, 5.08 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (330 g silica gel column) using 1:2 v/v EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 44 (4.4 g, 89% yield) as a white solid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=491.61.
Intermediate 45: To Intermediate 44 (2.0 g, 4.08 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar were added MeOH (30 mL) and palladium on carbon (120 mg). The flask was then purge with hydrogen using a hydrogen balloon. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 hours and filtered via a bed of celite. The filtrate was then concentrated under reduced pressure to gain Intermediate 45 (1.7 g, 95%) as a white solid, which was used for the next step without further purification. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=401.44.
Intermediate 46: To Intermediate 45 (1.7 g, 4.28 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (20 mL), myristic acid (1.3 g, 5.56 mmol), EDC (1.6 g, 8.55 mmol), and DMAP (0.5 g, 4.28 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with 1 N HCl (20 mL) dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (120 g silica gel column) using 1:2 v/v EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 46 (2.4 g, 94% yield) as a white solid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=612.02.
Compound A23: To Intermediate 46 (435 mg, 0.85 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (25 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (20 mL) and TFA (5 mL) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred for 2 hours. During stirring, the solution color turned from clear to red. Next, the reaction mixture was first concentrated using a rotavapor and washed with 10% Na2CO3 solution (20 mL). The mixture was then extracted with DCM (2×20 mL) and the organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated to an oily residue, which was then in DCM (10 mL) and added succinic anhydride (118 mg, 1.17 mmol), and TEA (118 mg, 1.17 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (120 g silica gel column) using 0-20% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound A23 (338 mg, 92% yield) as a white solid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 6.76-6.70 (1H, m, CHNHCO), 6.40-6.35 (1H, m, CH2NHCO), 4.70-4.60 (1H, m, NHCHCO), 4.42-4.20 (2H, m, CH2 0), 3.26-3.12 (2H, m, NHCH2), 2.80-2.60 (2H, m, CH2CO2H), 2.57-2.50 (2H, m, CH2CONH), 2.30-2.20 (2H, m, CH2CO2), 1.60-1.50 (2H, m, CH2CH2CO2), 1.50-1.40 (2H, CH2CH2NH), 1.35-1.15 (42H, m, NH(CH2)2(CH2)11Me, CO(CH2)2(CH2)10Me), 0.90-0.83 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 31
A scheme for the preparation of Compound A24 is shown in FIG. 31.
Intermediate 46: To N-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)-O-trityl-L-serine (3.0 g, 5.27 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (40 mL), linoleyl alcohol (1.5 g, 5.79 mmol), EDC (2.0 g, 10.54 mmol), and DMAP (3.7 g, 0.70 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL), washed with sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (120 g silica gel column) using 1:2 v/v EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 46 (4.3 g, 90% yield) as a clear oil. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+NH4]+=835.00.
Intermediate 47: To Intermediate 46 (4.3 g, 5.19 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar were added 3 N HCl in MeOH solution (40 mL). The mixture was then stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to gain Intermediate 47 (2.5 g, 86% yield) as a clear oil, which was then used for the next reaction without further purification. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=576.68.
Intermediate 48: To Intermediate 47 (2.5 g, 4.34 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (100 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous DCM (50 mL), linoleic acid (1.3 g, 4.78 mmol), EDC (1.7 g, 8.68 mmol), and DMAP (0.3 g, 2.17 mmol) in sequence. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL), washed with 1 N sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) dried over Na2SO4 (5 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by flash chromatography purification system (120 g silica gel column) using 1:2 v/v EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 48 (2.1 g, 82% yield) as a white solid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+NH4]+=856.06.
Intermediate 49: To Intermediate 48 (2.9 g, 3.40 mmol) in an oven-dried flask (50 mL) with a magnetic bar were added anhydrous acetonitrile (20 mL) and piperidine (4 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature stirred overnight (17 hours). the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography purification system (120 g silica gel column) using 0-50% EtOAc/hexane for 30 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 49 (1.3 g, 90% yield) as a clear oil. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=617.06.
Intermediate 50: Intermediate 49 (500 mg, 0.81 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) and bromoacetyl bromide (0.1 mL, 0.81 mmol) followed by TEA (0.1 mL, 0.89 mmol) were then added slowly. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Next day, the mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with H2O (50 mL) and 10% K2CO3 (50 mL). Back-extraction was performed for both aqueous washes with DCM (2×25 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified with a 40 g silica column on flash chromatography system equipped with ESLD detector using a gradient of hexane for 0.5 min, then 0-50% EtOAc/hexane 30 min gradient followed by 50% EtOAc/hexane for 5 min under the flow rate at 40 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Intermediate 50 (445 mg, 80% yield) as a colorless liquid. The product was verified with LC-MS prior to executing the next step—m/z of [M+H]+=737.01.
Compound A24: Intermediate 50 (150 mg, 0.20 mmol) was added to anhydrous DCM (5 mL) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar. Then were added 3-(piperazin-1-yl)propan-1-ol (33 mg, 0.22 mmol) and TEA (40 mL, 0.25 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours. After removed the solvent by rotavapor under vacuum, the residue was treated with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (10 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 10-15% EtOAc/hexane for 10 min then 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound A24 (128 mg, 70% yield) as a colorless liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 6.50-6.40 (1H, m, NHCO), 5.45-5.20 (8H, m, CH═), 4.90-4.60 (2H, m, NHCHCO, HO) 4.60-4.50 (1H, m, CH2CHOC(O)), 4.45-4.30 (1H, m, CH2CHOC(O)), 4.20-4.10 (2H, m, C(O)OCH2CH2), 3.80-3.70 (2H, m, HOCH2CH2), 3.47 (2H, s, NCH2C(O)NH), 2.85-2.70 (4H, m, ═CHCH2CH═), 2.70-2.45 (8H, m, HOCH2CH2CH2N, CH2NCH2C(O), O(CO)CH2CH2), 2.30-1.90 (12H, m, NCH2CH2NCH2C(O), CH2CH2CH═), 1.60-1.10 (36H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.75 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 32
A scheme for the preparation of Compound A25 is shown in FIG. 32.
Compound A25: Intermediate 50 (208 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added to anhydrous DCM (5 mL) in an oven-dried vial (40 mL) with a magnetic bar. Then 3-azetidinemethanol hydrochloride (70 mg, 0.26 mmol) and TEA (120 mL, 0.85 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. After removed the solvent by rotavapor under vacuum, the residue was treated with 10% K2CO3 solution (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The organic layers were then combined, dried over Na2SO4 (10 g), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and purified with a 24 g silica column using a gradient of 0-10% MeOH/DCM for 30 min under the flow rate at 25 mL/min. The product fractions were collected and concentrated to yield Compound A25 (66 mg, 31% yield) as a colorless liquid. 1H nmr (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 6.60-6.50 (1H, m, NHCO), 5.40-5.20 (8H, m, CH═), 4.90-4.80 (2H, m, CH2CH2OC(O)), 4.52-4.45 (1H, m, NHCHCO), 4.13-4.02 (2H, m, CH2OC(O)), 3.60-3.40 (2H, m, CH2OH), 3.70-3.30 (4H, m, CHCH2N), 3.20 (2H, s, CH2N), 2.80-2.65 (5H, m, ═CHCH2CH═, —OH), 2.70-2.40 (3H, m, CH2CH2CO(O), HOCH2CH), 2.30-1.90 (8H, m, CH2CH2CH═), 1.60-1.10 (34H, m, CH2), 0.90-0.83 (6H, m, CH3).
Example 33
Example formulations are prepared for encapsulating a small interfering nucleic acid agents (siRNA), as shown in Table 3.
TABLE 3
Lipid formulations for siRNA
DPPE-
Compound mPEG
C2 Cholesterol DOPE DOPC (2000) EE*
No. (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (%)
1 25 30 30 10 5 >90
2 25 30 25 15 5 >90
3 25 30 20 20 5 >90
4 25 30 15 25 5 >90
5 25 30 10 30 5 >90
6 25 35 15 20 5 >90
7 25 35 20 15 5 >90
8 30 30 15 20 5 >90
9 30 30 20 15 5 >90
10 35 30 15 15 5 >90
*Encapsulation efficiency for siRNA.
Example 34
Example formulations are prepared for encapsulating a small interfering nucleic acid agents (siRNA), as shown in Table 4.
TABLE 4
Lipid formulations for siRNA
DPPE-
Compound mPEG
A9 Cholesterol DOPE DOPC (2000) EE*
No. (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (%)
1 25 30 30 10 5 >90
2 25 30 25 15 5 >90
3 25 30 20 20 5 >90
4 25 30 15 25 5 >90
5 25 30 10 30 5 >90
6 25 35 15 20 5 >90
7 25 35 20 15 5 >90
8 30 30 15 20 5 >90
9 30 30 20 15 5 >90
10 35 30 15 15 5 >90
*Encapsulation efficiency for siRNA.
Example 35
Example formulations are prepared for encapsulating a small interfering nucleic acid agents (siRNA), as shown in Table 5.
TABLE 5
Lipid formulations for siRNA
DPPE-
Compound mPEG
AA Cholesterol DOPE DOPC (2000) EE*
No. (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (%)
1 25 30 30 10 5 >90
2 25 30 25 15 5 >90
3 25 30 20 20 5 >90
4 25 30 15 25 5 >90
5 25 30 10 30 5 >90
6 25 35 15 20 5 >90
7 25 35 20 15 5 >90
8 30 30 15 20 5 >90
9 30 30 20 15 5 >90
10 35 30 15 15 5 >90
*Encapsulation efficiency for siRNA.
Example 36
Example formulations are prepared for encapsulating a small interfering nucleic acid agents (siRNA), as shown in Table 6.
TABLE 6
Lipid formulations for siRNA
DPPE-
Compound mPEG
F5 Cholesterol DOPE DOPC (2000) EE*
No. (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (%)
1 25 30 30 10 5 >90
2 25 30 25 15 5 >90
3 25 30 20 20 5 >90
4 25 30 15 25 5 >90
5 25 30 10 30 5 >90
6 25 35 15 20 5 >90
7 25 35 20 15 5 >90
8 30 30 15 20 5 >90
9 30 30 20 15 5 >90
10 35 30 15 15 5 >90
*Encapsulation efficiency for siRNA.
Example 37
Formulations were prepared for encapsulating a small interfering nucleic acid agents (siRNA), as shown in Table 7.
TABLE 7
Lipid formulations for siRNA
DPPE-
Compound mPEG
A6 Cholesterol DOPE DOPC (2000) EE*
No. (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (mol %) (%)
1 25 30 30 10 5 92
2 25 30 25 15 5 91
3 25 30 20 20 5 87
4 25 30 15 25 5 93
5 25 30 10 30 5 92
6 25 35 15 20 5 93
7 25 35 20 15 5 95
8 30 30 15 20 5 87
9 30 30 20 15 5 92
10 35 30 15 15 5 88
*Encapsulation efficiency for siRNA.
Example 38
Formulations were prepared for encapsulating a small interfering nucleic acid agents (siRNA).
Lipid nanoparticle formulations were prepared with the following compositions:
(Ionizable compound/DOPE/DOPC/Cholesterol/DMPE-PEG) mol %
    • 50/28/0/21/1
    • 50/28/0/20/2
    • 26/21/21/31/1.
Characteristics of the nanoparticle formulations are shown in Table 8. The formulations had superior properties for encapsulating the siRNA, and in having small particle size.
TABLE 8
Lipid formulations for siRNA
Compound Z (ave) EE*
No. nm (%)
C2 111 95
A6 121 96
A9 97 95
D15 117 96
C24 127 98
DD 132 92
E4 131 94
AA 120 90
*Encapsulation efficiency for siRNA.
Example 39
Formulations were prepared for encapsulating a small interfering nucleic acid agents (siRNA).
Lipid nanoparticle formulations were prepared with the following compositions:
(Ionizable compound/DOPE/Cholesterol/DMPE-PEG) mol %
    • 50/28/21/1.
Serum stability and EC50 of nanoparticle formulations were measured and are shown in Table 9. The formulations were capable of encapsulating the siRNA, and retaining stability in human serum.
TABLE 9
Lipid formulations for siRNA
t(½) (hr)
EC50 GFP human serum
Compound pKa siRNA (nM) 37 C.
D23 4.8 23
D24 >200
D25 3.7, 9.5
D26 5.4
D27 4.2, 8.9 151
D28 4.5, 7.3 118
D29 6.7 >200
D30 >200
D31 >200
D32 5.4 61
D33
D34 6.0 91
D35 6.1 21
D36
D37 15
A4 5.8 93
D38 5.3 33
D39 >200
D40 >200
D41
D42 >200
D43 10.1  >200
D44 3.7, 9.1 26
D45 >200
D46
D47
D48
D49
D50 >200
D51 4.1, 9.1 39
D52 9.7 >200
D53
D54 8.2 >200
D55 4.5 14
D56 >200
D57 123
D58
D59
D60
D61
D62 9.4 92
D63
D64 8.8 41
D65 >200
C3 6.9 >200
D66 >200
D67 6.6 >200
D68 5.7 >200
C2 33 >200
D69
D70 3.0 130
D71 42
D72 4.7 >200
D73 >200
D74 4.3 85
F6 9.3 97
AA 7.4 22 81
D75 9.1 108
D76 4.5
B8 4.3
D77 7.5
D78 5.6 136
D79
D80 5.6 >200
D81 5.9 >200
D82
D83 4.8, 7.2 47
D84 6.4 80
A23
E37 9.2 79
A9 7.4 31 56
D85 >200
D86 7.7 >200
D87 >200
D88 82
F5 9.4 33 59
F8 72
F7 >200
F9 >200
D89
A6 6.3 11
A5 6.1 6.9
D90
AB 6.9 7.4
A7 7.6 35
A8
D91
D92
D93
D94
E38
D95
D96 6.0 5.1
DD 5.1
E4 2.7
D97
D98
C25
E39
D99
D9A 60
C24 92
D9B
D9C
D9D <50
CA <50
Dl
Example 40
Example formulations are prepared for encapsulating a small interfering nucleic acid agents (siRNA).
Lipid nanoparticle formulations are prepared with the following compositions:
(Ionizable compound/DOPE/Cholesterol/DMPE-PEG) mol %
    • 50/28/21/1.
Serum stability of a nanoparticle formulation is measured and is shown in Table 10. The formulations are capable of encapsulating the siRNA, and retaining stability in human serum.
TABLE 10
Lipid formulations for siRNA
t(½) (hr)
human serum
Compound
37 C.
C24 >50
AB >50
A6 >50
B8 >50
A23 >50
A5 >50
A7 >50
A8 >50
E38 >50
DD >50
E4 >50
C25 >50
E39 >50
The embodiments described herein are not limiting and one skilled in the art can readily appreciate that specific combinations of the modifications described herein can be tested without undue experimentation toward identifying nucleic acid molecules with improved RNAi activity.
All publications, patents and literature specifically mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
It is understood that this invention is not limited to the particular methodology, protocols, materials, and reagents described, as these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. It will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art that varying substitutions and modifications can be made to the description disclosed herein without departing from the scope and spirit of the description, and that those embodiments are within the scope of this description and the appended claims.
It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. As well, the terms “a” (or “an”), “one or more” and “at least one” can be used interchangeably herein. It is also to be noted that the terms “comprises,” “comprising”, “containing,” “including”, and “having” can be used interchangeably, and shall be read expansively and without limitation.
Recitation of ranges of values herein are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein. For Markush groups, those skilled in the art will recognize that this description includes the individual members, as well as subgroups of the members of the Markush group.
A compound, molecule or composition of this invention may have an ionic form for which the corresponding counterion or counterions are not shown. A person of skill in the art will immediately understand that the counterion or counterions will exist as necessary. Examples of counterions include alkali metal ions, Cl, and pharmaceutically acceptable counterions.
For example, when a list of examples or components is given, such as a list of compounds, molecules or compositions suitable for this invention, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that mixtures of the listed compounds, molecules or compositions may also be suitable.
Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, based on the above description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following specific embodiments are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limitative of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
All of the features disclosed in this specification may be combined in any combination. Each feature disclosed in this specification may be replaced by an alternative feature serving the same, equivalent, or similar purpose.

Claims (16)

What is claimed is:
1. A compound comprising the structure shown in Formula I
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00245
wherein R1 and R2 are
R1=CH2(CH2)nOC(═O)R4
R2=CH2(CH2)mOC(═O)R5
wherein n and m are each independently from 1 to 2; and R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(12-20) alkyl group, or a C(12-20) alkenyl group;
wherein R3 is selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00246
wherein
each R6 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, and aminoalkyl;
each R7 is independently selected from H, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and aminoalkyl;
Q is O or NR7.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein alkyl is C(1-6)alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, is hydroxyl[C(1-6)alkyl], and aminoalkyl is amino[C(1-6)alkyl].
3. The compound of claim 1, R4 and R5 are independently for each occurrence a C(14-18) alkyl group, or a C(14-18) alkenyl group.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is O.
5. The compound of claim 1, having a structure selected from
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00247
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00248
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00249
Figure US10167253-20190101-C00250
6. A composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
7. The composition of claim 6, wherein the composition comprises nanoparticles.
8. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1, an active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
9. The composition of claim 8, wherein the compound is from 15 mol % to 40 mol % of the lipids of the composition.
10. The composition of claim 8, wherein the composition comprises nanoparticles.
11. The composition of claim 8, wherein the active agent is one or more RNAi molecules.
12. The composition of claim 8, wherein the active agent is one or more RNAi molecules selected from small interfering RNAs (siRNA), double stranded RNAs (dsRNA) that are Dicer substrates, microRNAs (miRNA), short hairpin RNAs (shRNA), DNA-directed RNAs (ddRNA), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNA), repeat associated siRNAs (rasiRNA), and modified forms thereof.
13. A composition for use in distributing an active agent for treating a condition or disease in a subject, the composition comprising a compound of claim 1, a structural lipid, a stabilizer lipid, and a lipid for reducing immunogenicity of the composition.
14. The composition of claim 13, wherein the active agent is one or more RNAi molecules and the composition comprises nanoparticles that encapsulate the RNAi molecules.
15. The composition of claim 14, wherein the active agent is one or more RNAi molecules selected from small interfering RNAs (siRNA), double stranded RNAs (dsRNA) that are Dicer substrates, microRNAs (miRNA), short hairpin RNAs (shRNA), DNA-directed RNAs (ddRNA), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNA), repeat associated siRNAs (rasiRNA), and any modified forms thereof.
16. A method for ameliorating or treating a disease or condition in a subject in need comprising administering to the subject a composition of claim 8.
US15/191,511 2015-06-24 2016-06-23 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof Active US10167253B2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/191,511 US10167253B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2016-06-23 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof
US16/228,054 US11384051B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2018-12-20 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof
US17/658,075 US20220242820A1 (en) 2015-06-24 2022-04-05 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562184188P 2015-06-24 2015-06-24
US15/191,511 US10167253B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2016-06-23 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/228,054 Continuation US11384051B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2018-12-20 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20160376229A1 US20160376229A1 (en) 2016-12-29
US10167253B2 true US10167253B2 (en) 2019-01-01

Family

ID=57585619

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/191,511 Active US10167253B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2016-06-23 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof
US16/228,054 Active US11384051B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2018-12-20 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof
US17/658,075 Pending US20220242820A1 (en) 2015-06-24 2022-04-05 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/228,054 Active US11384051B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2018-12-20 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof
US17/658,075 Pending US20220242820A1 (en) 2015-06-24 2022-04-05 Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (3) US10167253B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3313449B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6480025B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102659774B1 (en)
CN (1) CN107708739A (en)
AU (1) AU2016281685B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2990668A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2828717T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1253031A1 (en)
PT (1) PT3313449T (en)
TW (1) TWI746442B (en)
WO (1) WO2016210190A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220049251A1 (en) * 2020-05-20 2022-02-17 Nitto Denko Corporation dsRNA Directed to Coronavirus Proteins
US11384051B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2022-07-12 Nitto Denko Corporation Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof
US11548857B2 (en) 2018-08-21 2023-01-10 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Biodegradable compound, lipid particle, composition comprising lipid particle, and kit

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022512077A (en) * 2018-11-16 2022-02-02 日東電工株式会社 RNA interference delivery products and methods for malignant tumors
JP2023529522A (en) * 2020-04-09 2023-07-11 スージョウ・アボジェン・バイオサイエンシズ・カンパニー・リミテッド Lipid nanoparticle composition
WO2021204179A1 (en) 2020-04-09 2021-10-14 Suzhou Abogen Biosciences Co., Ltd. Nucleic acid vaccines for coronavirus
IL299786A (en) * 2020-07-17 2023-03-01 Sanofi Pasteur Cleavable lipidic compounds, compositions containing thereof, and uses thereof
CN115466269A (en) * 2021-06-11 2022-12-13 复旦大学 Choline carbonate prodrug and preparation method and application thereof
AU2022422983A1 (en) * 2021-12-23 2024-05-16 Suzhou Abogen Biosciences Co., Ltd. Lipid compound and lipid nanoparticle composition
WO2023126053A1 (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-07-06 BioNTech SE Lipid-based formulations for administration of rna
WO2024012272A1 (en) * 2022-07-11 2024-01-18 传信生物医药(苏州)有限公司 Lipid compound and use thereof
WO2024032754A1 (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 上海蓝鹊生物医药有限公司 Nitrogen-containing chain compound, preparation method therefor, composition containing said compound, and use thereof

Citations (47)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4115548A (en) 1974-01-18 1978-09-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent compositions comprising modified proteins
US4554100A (en) 1981-08-07 1985-11-19 Spofa, Spojene Podniky Pro Zdravotnickou Vyrobu Alkylamides of carboxyalkanoyl peptides and method for preparation thereof
WO1991003512A1 (en) 1989-08-29 1991-03-21 Virginia Commonwealth University Cytoprotective fatty moiety compounds
US5082683A (en) 1990-08-01 1992-01-21 Nabisco Brands, Inc. Amide/amine ester derivatives as low calorie fat mimetics
JPH04315042A (en) 1991-04-11 1992-11-06 Tokuyama Soda Co Ltd Preparation of ion responsive membrane
EP0597488A1 (en) 1992-11-13 1994-05-18 Kao Corporation Argricultural chemical composition
US5314786A (en) 1991-04-20 1994-05-24 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Positive-working radiation sensitive mixture comprising sulfonic acid esters of 2,4,6-tris-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-[1,3,5]triazine, and recording material containing these esters
JPH06200478A (en) 1992-12-28 1994-07-19 Kao Corp Liquid soft-finishing agent
JPH06336466A (en) 1993-05-26 1994-12-06 Lion Corp New amido ester amine compound, its intermediate, production thereof and softening agent
US5370877A (en) 1988-03-03 1994-12-06 Knoll Ag Method for improving delivery and reducing toxicity of biologically active substances using novel α-amino dicarboxylic acid derivatives
JPH0718570A (en) 1993-06-29 1995-01-20 Lion Corp Softening agent composition
JPH0718569A (en) 1993-06-29 1995-01-20 Lion Corp Softening agent composition
JPH08295657A (en) 1995-04-27 1996-11-12 Kanebo Ltd Intermediate for surfactant
WO1998011082A1 (en) 1996-09-12 1998-03-19 Roche Diagnostics Gmbh New amino alcohol derivatives, process for the production thereof and medicaments and reagents containing these compounds
US5958894A (en) 1997-04-04 1999-09-28 Megabios Corporation Amphiphilic biguanide derivatives
JP2001500162A (en) 1997-06-12 2001-01-09 トランジェーヌ、ソシエテ、アノニム Novel lipid conjugates for introducing at least one therapeutically active substance, in particular polynucleotides, into target cells and uses in gene therapy
JP2001247532A (en) 2000-03-08 2001-09-11 Chukyo Yushi Kk Fatty acid amide compound and use thereof
WO2002028438A1 (en) 2000-10-05 2002-04-11 King's College London Lipopeptides as absorption enhancers for bioactive compounds
US6372254B1 (en) 1998-04-02 2002-04-16 Impax Pharmaceuticals Inc. Press coated, pulsatile drug delivery system suitable for oral administration
WO2002030922A2 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Shire Biochem Inc. Dioxolane analogs for improved inter-cellular delivery
US6399629B1 (en) 1998-06-01 2002-06-04 Microcide Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Efflux pump inhibitors
US20020187915A1 (en) 2001-03-28 2002-12-12 Kao Corporation Surfactant composition
JP2004250343A (en) 2003-02-18 2004-09-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Iodoaryl group-having amino acid derivative
WO2007130073A2 (en) 2006-05-05 2007-11-15 Molecular Transfer, Inc. Novel reagents for transfection of eukaryotic cells
US20080132500A1 (en) 2006-10-20 2008-06-05 Kun Liu Antibiotic compounds
US20090023215A1 (en) 2005-05-17 2009-01-22 Molecular Transfer Novel reagents for transfection of eukaryotic cells
WO2009050483A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 The University Court Of The University Of Edinburgh Cationic lipids
JP2009288403A (en) 2008-05-28 2009-12-10 Konica Minolta Business Technologies Inc Toner for electrostatic charge image development and image forming method
CN101648121A (en) 2009-08-21 2010-02-17 江苏钟山化工有限公司 Water-soluble thickener, preparation method thereof and application thereof in pesticide formulation
US20100105899A1 (en) 2007-03-01 2010-04-29 Neumann William L Integrated Photoactive Small Molecules and Uses Thereof
WO2010054384A1 (en) 2008-11-10 2010-05-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipids and compositions for the delivery of therapeutics
JP2010235450A (en) 2009-03-30 2010-10-21 Nof Corp Lipid derivative
US20110052673A1 (en) 2008-01-29 2011-03-03 Arthur Tzianabos Therapeutic compositions
WO2012099755A1 (en) 2011-01-11 2012-07-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pegylated lipids and their use for drug delivery
WO2012132022A1 (en) 2011-03-30 2012-10-04 Fukuoka Prefectural Government Agent for promoting gene transfer and method of gene transfer using the same
WO2012142622A1 (en) 2011-04-15 2012-10-18 Molecular Transfer, Inc. Agents for improved delivery of nucleic acids to eukaryotic cells
WO2012162210A1 (en) 2011-05-26 2012-11-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Ring constrained cationic lipids for oligonucleotide delivery
WO2012170952A2 (en) 2011-06-08 2012-12-13 Nitto Denko Corporation Compounds for targeting drug delivery and enhancing sirna activity
WO2013155493A1 (en) 2012-04-12 2013-10-17 Yale University Methods of treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases and disorders
WO2013158127A1 (en) 2012-04-16 2013-10-24 Molecular Transfer, Inc. Agents for improved delivery of nucleic acids to eukaryotic cells
WO2013185116A1 (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 Payne Joseph E Lipids for therapeutic agent delivery formulations
US20140294934A1 (en) 2011-06-08 2014-10-02 Nitto Denko Corporation Cationic lipids for therapeutic agent delivery formulations
US20140364642A1 (en) 2011-12-01 2014-12-11 The University Of Tokyo Compound having read-through activity
US8916576B2 (en) 2005-03-25 2014-12-23 Surface Logix, Inc. Pharmacokinetically improved compounds
US20150112051A1 (en) 2008-07-11 2015-04-23 Steffen Panzner Construction of cell penetrating nucleic acids
WO2016106405A1 (en) 2014-12-26 2016-06-30 Nitto Denko Corporation Rna interference compositions and methods for malignant tumors
WO2016134146A2 (en) 2015-02-19 2016-08-25 Nitto Denko Corporation Rna interference therapeutics against ebola virus

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE19605175A1 (en) * 1996-02-13 1997-08-14 Sourovoi Andrej Dr Lipid compounds and their use
EP0956865B2 (en) 1996-08-12 2010-08-18 Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation MEDICINES COMPRISING Rho KINASE INHIBITOR
JPWO2005054486A1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2007-06-28 福岡県 Gene transfer reagent preparation method
JP2006254877A (en) * 2005-03-18 2006-09-28 Fukuoka Prefecture Carrier containing glycolipid and method for transferring gene using the same
US9408914B2 (en) * 2010-04-28 2016-08-09 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Cationic lipid
US20160015656A2 (en) * 2010-08-05 2016-01-21 Nitto Denko Corporation Composition for regenerating normal tissue from fibrotic tissue
JP2013095755A (en) * 2011-11-02 2013-05-20 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co Ltd Cationic lipid
US9579338B2 (en) 2011-11-04 2017-02-28 Nitto Denko Corporation Method of producing lipid nanoparticles for drug delivery
AU2016281685B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2021-08-12 Nitto Denko Corporation Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof

Patent Citations (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4115548A (en) 1974-01-18 1978-09-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent compositions comprising modified proteins
US4554100A (en) 1981-08-07 1985-11-19 Spofa, Spojene Podniky Pro Zdravotnickou Vyrobu Alkylamides of carboxyalkanoyl peptides and method for preparation thereof
US5370877A (en) 1988-03-03 1994-12-06 Knoll Ag Method for improving delivery and reducing toxicity of biologically active substances using novel α-amino dicarboxylic acid derivatives
WO1991003512A1 (en) 1989-08-29 1991-03-21 Virginia Commonwealth University Cytoprotective fatty moiety compounds
US5082683A (en) 1990-08-01 1992-01-21 Nabisco Brands, Inc. Amide/amine ester derivatives as low calorie fat mimetics
JPH04315042A (en) 1991-04-11 1992-11-06 Tokuyama Soda Co Ltd Preparation of ion responsive membrane
US5314786A (en) 1991-04-20 1994-05-24 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Positive-working radiation sensitive mixture comprising sulfonic acid esters of 2,4,6-tris-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-[1,3,5]triazine, and recording material containing these esters
EP0597488A1 (en) 1992-11-13 1994-05-18 Kao Corporation Argricultural chemical composition
JPH06200478A (en) 1992-12-28 1994-07-19 Kao Corp Liquid soft-finishing agent
JPH06336466A (en) 1993-05-26 1994-12-06 Lion Corp New amido ester amine compound, its intermediate, production thereof and softening agent
JPH0718570A (en) 1993-06-29 1995-01-20 Lion Corp Softening agent composition
JPH0718569A (en) 1993-06-29 1995-01-20 Lion Corp Softening agent composition
JPH08295657A (en) 1995-04-27 1996-11-12 Kanebo Ltd Intermediate for surfactant
WO1998011082A1 (en) 1996-09-12 1998-03-19 Roche Diagnostics Gmbh New amino alcohol derivatives, process for the production thereof and medicaments and reagents containing these compounds
US5958894A (en) 1997-04-04 1999-09-28 Megabios Corporation Amphiphilic biguanide derivatives
JP2001500162A (en) 1997-06-12 2001-01-09 トランジェーヌ、ソシエテ、アノニム Novel lipid conjugates for introducing at least one therapeutically active substance, in particular polynucleotides, into target cells and uses in gene therapy
US6291423B1 (en) 1997-06-12 2001-09-18 Transgene S.A. Lipid complexes for transferring at least a therapeutically active substance, in particular a polynucleotide into a target cell and use in gene therapy
US6372254B1 (en) 1998-04-02 2002-04-16 Impax Pharmaceuticals Inc. Press coated, pulsatile drug delivery system suitable for oral administration
US6399629B1 (en) 1998-06-01 2002-06-04 Microcide Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Efflux pump inhibitors
JP2001247532A (en) 2000-03-08 2001-09-11 Chukyo Yushi Kk Fatty acid amide compound and use thereof
WO2002028438A1 (en) 2000-10-05 2002-04-11 King's College London Lipopeptides as absorption enhancers for bioactive compounds
WO2002030922A2 (en) 2000-10-13 2002-04-18 Shire Biochem Inc. Dioxolane analogs for improved inter-cellular delivery
US20020187915A1 (en) 2001-03-28 2002-12-12 Kao Corporation Surfactant composition
JP2004250343A (en) 2003-02-18 2004-09-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Iodoaryl group-having amino acid derivative
US8916576B2 (en) 2005-03-25 2014-12-23 Surface Logix, Inc. Pharmacokinetically improved compounds
US20090023215A1 (en) 2005-05-17 2009-01-22 Molecular Transfer Novel reagents for transfection of eukaryotic cells
WO2007130073A2 (en) 2006-05-05 2007-11-15 Molecular Transfer, Inc. Novel reagents for transfection of eukaryotic cells
US20080132500A1 (en) 2006-10-20 2008-06-05 Kun Liu Antibiotic compounds
US20100105899A1 (en) 2007-03-01 2010-04-29 Neumann William L Integrated Photoactive Small Molecules and Uses Thereof
WO2009050483A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 The University Court Of The University Of Edinburgh Cationic lipids
US20110052673A1 (en) 2008-01-29 2011-03-03 Arthur Tzianabos Therapeutic compositions
JP2009288403A (en) 2008-05-28 2009-12-10 Konica Minolta Business Technologies Inc Toner for electrostatic charge image development and image forming method
US20150112051A1 (en) 2008-07-11 2015-04-23 Steffen Panzner Construction of cell penetrating nucleic acids
WO2010054384A1 (en) 2008-11-10 2010-05-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipids and compositions for the delivery of therapeutics
JP2010235450A (en) 2009-03-30 2010-10-21 Nof Corp Lipid derivative
CN101648121A (en) 2009-08-21 2010-02-17 江苏钟山化工有限公司 Water-soluble thickener, preparation method thereof and application thereof in pesticide formulation
WO2012099755A1 (en) 2011-01-11 2012-07-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pegylated lipids and their use for drug delivery
WO2012132022A1 (en) 2011-03-30 2012-10-04 Fukuoka Prefectural Government Agent for promoting gene transfer and method of gene transfer using the same
WO2012142622A1 (en) 2011-04-15 2012-10-18 Molecular Transfer, Inc. Agents for improved delivery of nucleic acids to eukaryotic cells
WO2012162210A1 (en) 2011-05-26 2012-11-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Ring constrained cationic lipids for oligonucleotide delivery
US20140294934A1 (en) 2011-06-08 2014-10-02 Nitto Denko Corporation Cationic lipids for therapeutic agent delivery formulations
JP2014529328A (en) 2011-06-08 2014-11-06 日東電工株式会社 Compounds that target drug delivery and enhance siRNA activity
WO2012170952A2 (en) 2011-06-08 2012-12-13 Nitto Denko Corporation Compounds for targeting drug delivery and enhancing sirna activity
US20140364642A1 (en) 2011-12-01 2014-12-11 The University Of Tokyo Compound having read-through activity
WO2013155493A1 (en) 2012-04-12 2013-10-17 Yale University Methods of treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases and disorders
WO2013158127A1 (en) 2012-04-16 2013-10-24 Molecular Transfer, Inc. Agents for improved delivery of nucleic acids to eukaryotic cells
WO2013185116A1 (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 Payne Joseph E Lipids for therapeutic agent delivery formulations
US20130330401A1 (en) 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 Nitto Denko Corporation Lipids for therapeutic agent delivery formulations
WO2016106405A1 (en) 2014-12-26 2016-06-30 Nitto Denko Corporation Rna interference compositions and methods for malignant tumors
WO2016134146A2 (en) 2015-02-19 2016-08-25 Nitto Denko Corporation Rna interference therapeutics against ebola virus

Non-Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Arthur, JC et al. Microbial genomic analysis reveals the essential role of inflammation in bacteria-induced colorectal cancer. Nature Communications, vol. 5, 2014, article No. 4724, pp. 1-24.
Burke, B et al. Macrophages in gene therapy: cellular delivery vehicles and in vivo targets. Journal of Leukocyte Biology, vol. 72, Sep. 2002, pp. 417-428.
Chen, Novel Cationic Lipid That Delivers siRNA and Enhances Therapeutic Effect in Lung Cancer Cells, Molecular Pharmaceutics, 2009, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 695-705.
Extended European Search Report dated Oct. 10, 2018 for the European Patent Application No. 16815348.4.
Jayaraman, Maximizing the Potency of siRNA Lipid Nanoparticles for Hepatic Gene Silencing In Vivo, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2012, vol. 51, pp. 8529-8533.
Jie, Fullerene Lipids: Synthesis of C60 Fullerene Derivatives Bearing a Long-Chain Saturated or Unsaturated Triester System, Lipids, 1999, vol. 34, No. 11, pp. 1223-1230.
Jie, Fullerene Lipids: Synthesis of C60 Fullerene Derivatives Bearing a Long-Chain Saturated or Unsaturated Triester System, Lipids, vol. 34, No. 11, pp. 1223-1230 (1999).
Mukherjee, Common co-lipids, in synergy, impart high gene transfer properties to transfection-incompetent cationic lipids, FEBS Letters, 2005, vol. 579, pp. 1291-1300.
Office Action dated Oct. 23, 2018 in Japan Application No. 2017-566796.
Roth, Synthesis of Thiol-Reactive Lipopeptide Adjuvants. Incorporation into Liposomes and Study of Their Mitogenic Effect on Mouse Splenocytes, 2004, Bioconjugate Chem. vol. 15, pp. 541-553.
Roth, Synthesis of Thiol-Reactive Lipopeptide Adjuvants. Incorporation Into Liposomes and Study of Their Mitogenic Effect on Mouse Splenocytes, 2005, Bioconjugate Chem. vol. 16, pp. 1049.
Roth, Synthesis of Thiol-Reactive Lipopeptide Adjuvants. Incorporation into Liposomes and Study of Their Mitogenic Effect on Mouse Splenocytes, Bioconjugate Chem., 2004, 15 (3), pp. 541-553, and correction Bioconjugate Chem., 2005, 16 (4), pp. 1049.
Schulze, U et al. Synthesis of Novel Cationic Poly(Ethylene Glycol) Containing Lipids. Bioconjugate Chemistry, vol. 10, 1999, pp. 548-552.

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11384051B2 (en) 2015-06-24 2022-07-12 Nitto Denko Corporation Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof
US11548857B2 (en) 2018-08-21 2023-01-10 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Biodegradable compound, lipid particle, composition comprising lipid particle, and kit
US11952351B2 (en) 2018-08-21 2024-04-09 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Lipid particle, composition comprising lipid particle, and method for delivering activators to cell
US20220049251A1 (en) * 2020-05-20 2022-02-17 Nitto Denko Corporation dsRNA Directed to Coronavirus Proteins

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2016281685B2 (en) 2021-08-12
EP3686184A3 (en) 2020-08-26
EP3313449B1 (en) 2020-09-23
CA2990668A1 (en) 2016-12-29
US11384051B2 (en) 2022-07-12
HK1253031A1 (en) 2019-06-06
US20190127318A1 (en) 2019-05-02
PT3313449T (en) 2020-10-30
CN107708739A (en) 2018-02-16
TWI746442B (en) 2021-11-21
TW201713614A (en) 2017-04-16
EP3313449A4 (en) 2018-11-07
US20160376229A1 (en) 2016-12-29
ES2828717T3 (en) 2021-05-27
JP2018524330A (en) 2018-08-30
RU2018102536A (en) 2019-07-24
EP3686184A2 (en) 2020-07-29
KR102659774B1 (en) 2024-04-23
AU2016281685A1 (en) 2018-01-18
WO2016210190A1 (en) 2016-12-29
US20220242820A1 (en) 2022-08-04
EP3313449A1 (en) 2018-05-02
RU2018102536A3 (en) 2019-11-08
KR20180021115A (en) 2018-02-28
JP6480025B2 (en) 2019-03-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220242820A1 (en) Ionizable compounds and compositions and uses thereof
US11633365B2 (en) Nucleic acid-containing lipid nanoparticle
US11298326B2 (en) Nucleic acid-containing lipid nanoparticles
EP4122920A1 (en) Lipid compound as well as lipid carrier, nucleic acid lipid nanoparticle composition and pharmaceutical preparation containing same
US20220233445A1 (en) Fusogenic compounds for delivery of biologically active molecules
EP3162794B1 (en) Alkyl substituted azetidines as cationic lipid
RU2776478C2 (en) Ionized compounds and compositions and their use
BR112017027458B1 (en) COMPOUND, AND, COMPOSITION
WO2024107906A2 (en) Ionizable lipids and lipid nanoparticle compositions for the delivery of nucleic acids
WO2023086514A1 (en) Ionizable cationic lipids for rna delivery

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: NITTO DENKO CORPORATION, JAPAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ADAMI, ROGER;BAI, HAO;GAUDETTE, JOHN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170630 TO 20180622;REEL/FRAME:046700/0234

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4